Download Goodman Heat Pump Manual

Service Instructions
SSX, ASX, GSX, DSX, ASXC, DSXC Condensing Units,
SSZ, ASZ, GSZ, DSZ, ASZC, DSZC, VSX, VSZ Split System
Heat Pumps
with R-410A Refrigerant
Blowers, Coils, & Accessories
This manual is to be used by qualified, professionally trained HVAC technicians only. Goodman does not assume any responsibility for property
damage or personal injury due to improper service procedures or services
performed by an unqualified person.
Copyright © 2006 - 2010 Goodman Manufacturing Company, L.P.
RS6200006r20
May 2010
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ..................................... 2 - 3
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ....................................... 45
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION ..................................... 4 - 19
SERVICE TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................. 46
ACCESSORIES ...................................................... 20 - 36
SERVICING .......................................................... 47 - 110
PRODUCT DESIGN ................................................ 37 - 39
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS ................ 111 - 118
SYSTEM OPERATION ........................................... 40 - 44
Pride and workmanship go into every product to provide our customers with quality products. It is possible, however, that
during its lifetime a product may require service. Products should be serviced only by a qualified service technician who is
familiar with the safety procedures required in the repair and who is equipped with the proper tools, parts, testing instruments
and the appropriate service manual. REVIEW ALL SERVICE INFORMATION IN THE APPROPRIATE SERVICE MANUAL BEFORE
BEGINNING REPAIRS.
IMPORTANT NOTICES FOR CONSUMERS AND SERVICERS
RECOGNIZE SAFETY SYMBOLS, WORDS AND LABELS
WARNING
THIS UNIT SHOULD NOT BE CONNECTED TO. OR USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ANY DEVICES THAT ARE NOT DESIGN CERTIFIED FOR USE WITH THIS UNIT OR HAVE NOT BEEN
TESTED AND APPROVED BY GOODMAN. SERIOUS PROPERTY DAMAGE OR PERSONAL INJURY, REDUCED UNIT PERFORMANCE AND/OR HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS MAY RESULT
FROM THE USE OF DEVICES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR CERTIFED BY GOODMAN.
WARNING
TO PREVENT THE RISK OF PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL
INJURY, OR DEATH,
DO NOT STORE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS OR USE GASOLINE OR OTHER
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS OR VAPORS IN THE VICINITY OF THIS APPLIANCE.
W ARNING
G OODMAN W ILL NOT BE R ESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE ARISING FROM IMPROPER SERVICE OR SERVICE PROCEDURES.
I F YOU INSTALL OR PERFORM SERVICE ON THIS UNIT, YOU ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMA GE WHICH
MAY RESULT. M ANY JU RISDICTIONS REQU IRE A LICENSE TO INSTALL OR SERVICE HEATING AN D AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT.
To locate an authorized servicer, please consult your telephone book or the dealer from whom you purchased this product.
For further assistance, please contact:
CONSUMER INFORMATION LINE
GOODMAN® BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE
1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)
email us at: [email protected]
fax us at: (713) 856-1821
AMANA® BRAND PRODUCTS
TOLL FREE
1-877-254-4729 (U.S. only)
email us at: [email protected]
fax us at: (931) 438- 4362
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
Outside the U.S., call 1-713-861-2500.
Outside the U.S., call 1-931-433-6101.
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
Your telephone company will bill you for the call.
(Not a technical assistance line for dealers.)
Your telephone company will bill you for the call.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
SAFE REFRIGERANT HANDLING
While these items will not cover every conceivable situation, they should serve as a useful guide.
WARNING
WARNING
REFRIGERANTS ARE HEAVIER THAN AIR. THEY CAN "PUSH OUT" THE
TO AVOID
TO AVOID POSSIBLE EXPLOSION:
• NEVER APPLY FLAME OR STEAM TO A REFRIGERANT CYLINDER. IF YOU
OXYGEN IN YOUR LUNGS OR IN ANY ENCLOSED SPACE.
POSSIBLE DIFFICULTY IN BREATHING OR DEATH:
MUST HEAT A CYLINDER FOR FASTER CHARGING, PARTIALLY IMMERSE
•NEVER PURGE REFRIGERANT INTO AN ENCLOSED ROOM OR SPACE.
BY
•IF AN INDOOR LEAK IS SUSPECTED, THOROUGHLY VENTILATE THE AREA
BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.
•LIQUID REFRIGERANT CAN BE VERY COLD.
IT IN WARM WATER.
NEVER FILL A CYLINDER MORE THAN 80% FULL OF LIQUID REFRIGERANT.
• NEVER ADD ANYTHING OTHER THAN R-22 TO AN R-22 CYLINDER OR
R-410 A TO AN R-410A CYLINDER. THE SERVICE EQUIPMENT USED MUST
•
LAW, ALL REFRIGERANTS MUST BE RECLAIMED.
TO AVOID POSSIBLE FROST-
BITE OR BLINDNESS, AVOID CONTACT WITH REFRIGERANT AND WEAR
BE LISTED OR CERTIFIED FOR THE TYPE OF REFRIGERANT USED.
•
GLOVES AND GOGGLES. IF LIQUID REFRIGERANT DOES CONTACT YOUR
STORE
CYLINDERS IN A COOL, DRY PLACE.
NEVER
USE A CYLINDER
AS A PLATFORM OR A ROLLER.
SKIN OR EYES, SEEK MEDICAL HELP IMMEDIATELY.
•ALWAYS FOLLOW
EPA REGULATIONS. NEVER BURN REFRIGERANT,
AS POISONOUS GAS WILL BE PRODUCED.
WARNING
TO AVOID POSSIBLE EXPLOSION, USE ONLY RETURNABLE (NOT DISPOSABLE)
SERVICE CYLINDERS WHEN REMOVING REFRIGERANT FROM A SYSTEM.
•
WARNING
ENSURE THE CYLINDER IS FREE OF DAMAGE WHICH COULD LEAD TO A
LEAK OR EXPLOSION.
THE UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY ("EPA")
ENSURE THE HYDROSTATIC TEST DATE DOES NOT EXCEED 5 YEARS.
• ENSURE THE PRESSURE RATING MEETS OR EXCEEDS 400 LBS.
•
HAS ISSUED VARIOUS REGULATIONS REGARDING THE INTRODUCTION AND
DISPOSAL OF REFRIGERANTS INTRODUCED INTO THIS UNIT.
FAILURE TO
WHEN IN DOUBT, DO NOT USE CYLINDER.
FOLLOW THESE REGULATIONS MAY HARM THE ENVIRONMENT AND CAN
THESE REGULATIONS
SHOULD QUESTIONS ARISE, CONTACT YOUR
LEAD TO THEH IMPOSITION OF SUBSTANTIAL FINES.
MAY VARY BY JURISDICTION.
LOCAL
EPA OFFICE.
WARNING
TO
AVOID POSSIBLE INJURY, EXPLOSION OR DEATH, PRACTICE SAFE
HANDLING OF REFRIGERANTS.
WARNING
SYSTEM CONTAMINANTS, IMPROPER SERVICE PROCEDURE AND/OR PHYSICAL
ABUSE AFFECTING HERMETIC COMPRESSOR ELECTRICAL TERMINALS MAY
CAUSE DANGEROUS SYSTEM VENTING.
The successful development of hermetically sealed refrigeration compressors has completely sealed the compressor's
moving parts and electric motor inside a common housing,
minimizing refrigerant leaks and the hazards sometimes
associated with moving belts, pulleys or couplings.
Fundamental to the design of hermetic compressors is a
method whereby electrical current is transmitted to the
compressor motor through terminal conductors which pass
through the compressor housing wall. These terminals are
sealed in a dielectric material which insulates them from the
housing and maintains the pressure tight integrity of the
hermetic compressor. The terminals and their dielectric
embedment are strongly constructed, but are vulnerable to
careless compressor installation or maintenance procedures and equally vulnerable to internal electrical short
circuits caused by excessive system contaminants.
In either of these instances, an electrical short between the
terminal and the compressor housing may result in the loss
of integrity between the terminal and its dielectric embedment. This loss may cause the terminals to be expelled,
thereby venting the vaporous and liquid contents of the
compressor housing and system.
A venting compressor terminal normally presents no danger
to anyone, providing the terminal protective cover is properly
in place.
If, however, the terminal protective cover is not properly in
place, a venting terminal may discharge a combination of
(a) hot lubricating oil and refrigerant
(b) flammable mixture (if system is contaminated
with air)
in a stream of spray which may be dangerous to anyone in the
vicinity. Death or serious bodily injury could occur.
Under no circumstances is a hermetic compressor to be
electrically energized and/or operated without having the
terminal protective cover properly in place.
See Service Section S-17 for proper servicing.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Split System Heat Pumps R410A
Model #
GSZ13**1AA
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Initial
release with Regal Beloit motor.
GSZ13**1AB
GSZ13**3AA
GSZ13**4AA
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Initial
release with Broad Ocean motor.
GSZ130[24 & 30]1AC
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces
new revisions with improved circuiting for effective defrost.
GSZ130[24 & 36]1BA
Goodman Split Z R410A Heat Pump 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Initial
release of models with 5mm Smart Coil™.
SSZ140**1AA
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Initial
release of Goodman 14 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
SSZ140**1AB
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units.
Introduces new revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans,
louvers, and control box covers.
SSZ140**1AC
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Models
contain Broad Ocean motors.
SSZ140181AC
SSZ140241AF
SSZ140301AD
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units.
Introduces new revisions adding mufflers to the discharge line.
SSZ140361AF
SSZ140421AD
SSZ140[48-60]1AD
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New
revisions replace TXV & compensator with flowrator & accumulator; adds mufflers
on SSZ14036`, 421, 481, 601.
SSZ160**1AA
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Initial
release of Goodman 16 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
SSZ160**1AB
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units.
Introduces new revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans,
louvers, and control box covers.
SSZ160[24-48]1AC
SSZ160601AD
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units.
Introduces new revisions adding mufflers to the discharge line.
SSZ160**1AC
Special High Feature Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump
units.Introduces models containing the Broad Ocean motor and added Muffler and
standardized TXV, Compensator using the ASZ18 Seer weldment to the
SSZ160601AC.
DSZ160**1AA
Deluxe Split Z Heat Pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage
16 SEER heat pumps with R-410A.
DSZ180**1AA
Deluxe Split Z Heat Pump 18 Seer heat pump units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage
18 SEER heat pumps with R-410A.
DSZC16**1AA
DSZC18**1AA
VSZ13**1AA
4
Description
Deluxe Split Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units.
Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER heat pumps with R-410A, communicating
models.
Deluxe Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump units.
Introduces Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER heat pumps with R-410A, communicating
models.
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces Value Line
13 SEER heat pumps with R-410A.
VSZ130[24 & 30]1AB
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Introduces new
revisions with improved circuiting for effective defrost.
VSZ130[24 & 36]1BA
Value Split Z heat pump, 13 Seer R410A heat pump units. Initial release of models
with 5mm Smart Coil™.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Split System Heat Pumps R410A
Model #
Description
ASZ130**1AA
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Initial release
of Amana® Brand 13 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZ130**1AB
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 13 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new
revisions with imporved circuiting for effective defrost.
ASZ140**1AA
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Initial release
of Amana® Brand 14 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZ140**1AB
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new
revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and
control box covers.
ASZ140**1AC
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. New revisions
have horizontal style louvers.
ASZ140181AD
ASZ140[24-36]1AE
ASZ14[42-48]1AD
ASZ140601AE
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 14 Seer heat pump units. Adds new steel
muffler, and suction tubes w/shock loop.
ASZ160**1AA
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Initial release
of Amana® Brand 16 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZ160**1AB
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Introduces new
revisions have screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and
control box covers.
ASZ160**1AC
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. New revisions
have horizontal style louvers.
ASZ160**1AD
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. New revisions
added Muffler and standardized TXV, Compensator using the ASZ18 Seer
weldment.
ASZ160241AD
ASZ160[36-60]AE
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 16 Seer heat pump units. Adds new steel
muffler, and suction tubes w/shock loop.
ASZ180**1AB
Amana® Brand Split Z R410A heat pump 18 Seer heat pump units. Initial release
of Amana® Brand 18 SEER Heat Pump R410A.
ASZC16**1AA
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 16 Seer R410A heat pump
units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER heat pumps with R-410A,
communicating models.
ASZC18**1AA
Amana® brand Split Z Communicating heat pump, 18 Seer R410A heat pump
units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER heat pumps with R-410A,
communicating models.
5
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Split System Air Conditioners R410A
Model #
Description
GSX130**1AA
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 13
SEER R-410A Condensers with Regal Beloit motors
GSX130**1AB
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 13
SEER R-410A Condensers with Broad Ocean motors.
GSX130**1BA
GSX130**3AA
GSX130**4AA
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 13
SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® coils. Units will have new louvers because
units are smaller. Piston size change. Other components unchanged.
GSX130181CA
Goodman Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Goodman 1.5 ton
13 SEER R-410A Condensers with rotary compressor.
SSX140**1AA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Initial release of
Goodman 14 SEER AC 410A.
SSX140**1AB
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revisions have screw
locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
SSX14018,241AC
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser
coils by removing [1] haripin.
SSX140301AC
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Model contains the
Broad Ocean motor 0131M00060
SSX14036-601AC
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Models contain the
Broad Ocean motor 0131M00061
SSX14030,361AD
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser
coils by removing [1] haripin.
SSX140421AD
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduces
SSX140421A in 29" base pan
SSX140421BA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revision for
SSZ140421B* in 29 base pan and it will the reduce the unit charge from 180 oz. to 170 oz.
and replace the 1/4 hp outdoor unit motor with 1/6 hp motor.
SSX14030-421AE
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser
coils by removing [1] haripin.
SSX140[18-36]1BA
SSX140421CA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduction of
Goodman 14 SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® Coils.
SSX160**1AA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman
16 SEER AC 410A
SSX160**1AB
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have
screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
SSX160**1AB
SSX160591AA
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have
screw locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
SSX160[24, 36, 48]1BA Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have
SSX160[30 & 42]1AA SmartCoil® coils.
SSX160601BA
6
Special High Feature Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New "BA" revision
models use ZPS49K compressor.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Split System Air Conditioners R410A
Model #
DSX160**1AA
DSX160[24 & 36]1BA
DSX180**1AA
DSXC16**1AA
DSXC160481BA
DSXC160601BA
DSXC18**1AA
VSX130[18-48]1AA
Description
Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage, 16
SEER condensing units with R-410A.
Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Goodman 2-stage, 16 SEER
condensing units with R-410A. Conversion of 2 & 3 ton models to SmartCoil® Coils.
Deluxe Split X Condenser 18 Seer condensing units. Introduces Goodman 2-stage, 18
SEER condensing units with R-410A.
Deluxe Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units.
Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models.
Deluxe Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Goodman 2-stage, 16 SEER
condensing units with R-410A, using SmartCoil® coils.
Deluxe Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units.
Introduces Goodman 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models. New "BA" revison models use ZPS49K compressor.
Deluxe Split X Communicating condensing units, 18 Seer R410A condensing units.
Introduces Goodman 2-stage 18 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating
models.
Value Split X condensing units, 13 Seer R410A condensing units. Introduces Value Line
13 SEER condensing units with R-410A.
VSX130181BA
Value Split X condensing units, 13 Seer R410A condensing units. Introduces Value Line
13 SEER 1.5 ton condensing units with R-410A, with rotary compressors
VSX130601BA
Value Split X condensing units, 13 Seer R410A condensing units. Introduces Value Line
13 SEER condensing units with R-410A, using SmartCoil® coils.
7
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Split System Air Conditioners R410A
Model #
ASX130**1AA
ASX130**1BA
ASX140**1AA
ASX140**1AB
ASX140**1AC
ASX14018-361AD
ASX140421AD
ASX140421BA
ASX140[18-30]1BA
ASX140421CA
ASX160**1AB
ASX160**1AC
ASX160[24 & 36]1CA
ASX180**1AB
ASXC16**1AA
8
Description
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Initial release new models
of Amana® Brand Deluxe 13 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 13 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Amana®
Brand 13 SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® coils. Units will have new louvers
since units are smaller. Piston size change; other components unchanged.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Initial release new models
of Amana® Brand Deluxe 14 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. New revisions have screw
locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. The new revisions have
horizontal style louvers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revised condenser coils by
removing (1) hairpin.Reduce R410A quantity by 6 ounces
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduces ASX140421A in
29" base pan
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Revision for ASX140421 in
29" platform. It will the reduce the unit charge from 180 oz. to 170 oz. and replace the 1/4
hp outdoor unit motor with 1/6 hp motor.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 14 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Amana®
Brand 14 SEER R-410A Condensers, using SmartCoil® coils..
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. New revisions have screw
locations moved in the top panel, base pans, louvers, and control box covers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. The new revisions have
horizontal style louvers.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 16 Seer condensing units. Introduction of Amana®
Brand 16 SEER R-410A Condensers. Conversion of 2 & 3 ton models to SmartCoil® coils.
Amana® Brand Split X Condenser 18 Seer condensing units. Initial release new models
of Amana® Brand Deluxe 16 SEER AC R410A conditioners.
Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A. Introduces
Amana® brand 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A, communicating models.
ASXC160601BA
Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A heat pump units.
Introduces Amana® brand 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A,
communicating models. New "BA" revisions use ZPS49 compressor.
ASXC160481BA
Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 16 Seer R410A condensing
units. Introduction of Amana® brand 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A. New
revisions have SmartCoil® coils
ASXC18**1AA
Amana® brand Split X Communicating condensing units, 18 Seer R410A condensing
units. Introduces Amana® brand 2-stage 16 SEER condensing units with R-410A,
communicating models.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Single Piece Air Handlers
Model #
Description
ARUF****16AA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater Introducation of new 13 SEER Air
Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
ARUF364216AB
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater.Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARUF486016AB
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater.Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARUF364216AC
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater.Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARUF****16BA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Revision replaces all ARUFcoils
using wavy fin w ith louver enhanced fin.
ARUF****1BA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater Introducation of R-22 Only Air
Handlers.
ARU F****16CA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Unpainted Flowrater. Revision replaces existing air
handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
ARPF****16AA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater Introducation of new 13 SEER Air
Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
ARPF364216AB
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARPF486016AB
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ARPF****16BA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Revision replaces all ARPFcoils
using wavy fin w ith louver enhanced fin.
ARPF****1BA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor Painted Flowrater. Introducation of R-22 Only Air
Handlers.
ARPF****16CA
A Single Piece R Multi-Position PSC Motor P ainted Flowrater. Revision replaces existing air
handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
ADPF****16AA
A Single Piece D ownflow PSC Motor U npainted Flowrater. Introduction of new 13 SEER Air
Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A.
ADPF364216AB
A Single Piece D ownflow PSC Motor U npainted Flowrater. Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF486016AB
A Single Piece D ownflow PSC Motor U npainted Flowrater. Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF304216AC
A Single Piece D ownflow PSC Motor U npainted Flowrater. Revision replaces the current spot
welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80% furnace line.
ADPF****1BA
A Single Piece D ownflow PSC Motor U npainted Flowrater R evision replaces all ARPFcoils using
wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
ADPF182416CA
ADPF486016CA
A Single Piece D ownflow PSC Motor U npainted Flowrater. Revision replaces existing air handler
copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
9
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Single Piece Air Handlers
Model #
AEPF****16AA
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Introducation of new 13
SEER Air Handler Models. All Models will be suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
AEPF****16BA
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision introduces new
models adding lower kw hit kits on the S&R plate
AEPF****16BB
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision replaces the
current spot welded blower housing with the same cinched or crimped design used on the 80%
furnace line.
AEPF****16CA
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator. Revision replaces all
ARPFcoils using wavy fin with louver enhanced fin.
AEPF****1BA
AEPF313716AA
ASPF313716AA
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator Introduction
of R-22 Only Air Handlers.
A Single Piece E Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted Flowrator (AEPF) and A Single Piece
S Multi-Position EEM motor Painted Flowrator (ASPF). Introduction of 3-Ton Air Handler units
with 3-row coil.
ASPF****16AA
A Single Piece S Multi-Position EEM motor Painted Flowrator. Introduces new ASPF Air
Handlers
ASPF****16BA
A Single Piece S Multi-Position EEM motor Painted Flowrator. Revision introuces modified
ASPF control scheme, to ensure blower operation during and after call for heat on units with
heat kits and replacing wavy fin with louver enhanced fin on coil
ASPF183016CA
ASPF426016CA
A Single Piece S Multi-Position EEM motor Painted Flowrator. Revision replaces existing air
handler copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
AWUF****1AA
A Single Piece Air Handler Wall Mount Unpainted Flowrator. Introduces 13 SEER Dayton wall
mount air handlers
AWUF****16AA
A Single Piece Air Handler Wall Mount Unpainted Flowrator. Introduces 13 SEER Dayton wall
mount air handlers. All Models will be suitable for use with
R-22 and R-410A
AWUF3005-101AA
A Single Piece Air Handler Wall Mount Unpainted Flowrator. Introduces 13 SEER Dayton wall
mount air handlers using a Burr Oak Louvered Fin coil.
AWUF****1BA
A Single Piece Air Handler Wall Mount Unpainted Flowrator. Revision replaces current wavey
fin design with new louvered fin design
AWUF370**16AA
10
Description
A Single Piece Air Handler Wall Mount Unpainted Flowrator. Introduction of AWUF37 Air
Handlers for use with R-22 and R410A.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Single Piece Air Handlers
Model #
AW UF****16BA
De scription
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision has
louver fins & replaces copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.
AW UF180316BA
AW UF240316BA
AW UF300316BA
A Single Piece Air Handler W all Mount Unpainted Flowrator. AW UF 3KW
Heater Introduction. Introduction of 3KW heater in the AW UF air handlers
AW UF310516AA
AW UF310816AA
AW UF321016AA
A Single Piece Air Handler W all Mount Unpainted Flowrator.
Introduction of higher 14 SEER AW UF series air-handlers
AVPTC183014AA
AVPTC313714AA
AVPTC426014AA
A Single Piece V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Painted T Flowrator
Communicating ready w/4-wires. Introduction of new 13 SEER Air Handler
Models with the new communicating control & serial communicating indoor
blower motor. All Models will be suitable for
ACNF****1AA
ACNF****16AA
ACNF****1BA
AH**-1*
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision
release all models of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision
release all models of 13 SEER Dayton uncased air handlers.All Models will be
suitable for use with R-22 and R-410A
A Single Piece Air Handler Ceiling Mount N Uncased Flowrater. Revision
replaces current wavey fin design with new louvered fin design
A Single Piece Air Handler Hydronic Air Handler. Revision replaces the time
delay relay in the AH air handlers with the UTEC time delay control board.
11
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
MBR/MBE/MBVC Air Handlers
Model #
MBR****AA-1AA
Modular Blower R Multi-Position PSC Motor. Introduces module blower with
PSC blower motor.
MBE****AA-1AA
Modular Blower E Multi-Position Variable-Speed. Introduces module blower with
variable speed blower motor.
MBE****AA-1BA
Modular Blower E Multi-Position Variable-Speed.Revision introduces new
models adding lower kw hit kits on the S&R plate
MBVC1200AA-1AA
MBVC1600AA-1AA
MBVC2000AA-1AA
12
Description
Modular Blower V Multi-Position Variable-Speed Communicating ready w/4wires. Introduction of module blower with variable speed blower motor with the
new communicating control & serial communicating indoor blower motor.
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
Evaporator Coils
Model #
Description
CAUF*****6AA
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Uncased Flowrator. Introduces 13 SEER CAUF Dayton
Upflow/Downflow coils.
CAUF*****6BA
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Uncased Flowrator. Revision releases Burr Oak Louvered
Fin in place of the Wavy Fin currently in production.
CAPF*****6AA
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Painted Flowrator. Introduces 13 SEER CAPF Dayton
Upflow/Downflow coils.
CAPF*****6BA
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow Painted Flowrator. Revision releases Burr Oak Louvered Fin
in place of the Wavy Fin currently in production.
CAPF/CAUF36***CA
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision redesigns for
performance improvement from 2 row to 3 row.
CAPF36***6DA
CAPF48***6DA
C Indoor Coil A Upflow/Downflow [Painted or Uncased] Flowrator. Revision replaces existing
copper coils and other associated parts with aluminum components.
CHPF*****6AA
C Indoor Coil Horizontal A Coil Painted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil.
CHPF*****6BA
C Indoor Coil Horizontal A Coil Painted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil.
Revision releases Burr Oak Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin currently in production. The
rows change by one, (i.e. 4 row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
CHPF1824A6CA
CHPF2430B6CA
CHPF3636B6CA
CHPF3642C6CA
CHPF3642D6CA
CHPF3743C6BA
CHPF3743D6BA
CHPF4860D6DA
C Indoor Coil Horizontal A Coil Painted Flowrator. 13 SEER CHPF horizontal A coil, revision
has louver fins & replaces copper tube hairpins with aluminum hairpins.
CSCF*****6AA
C Indoor Coil S Horizontal Slab Coil C Upainted Flowrator. Release 13 SEER CSCF slab
horizontal coil.
CSCF*****6BA
C Indoor Coil S Horizontal Slab Coil C Upainted Flowrator. Revision releases Burr Oak
Louvered Fin in place of the Wavy Fin currently in production. The rows change by one, (i.e. 4
row to 3 row; 3 row to 2 row) where applicable.
13
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
S
S
Z
14
36
1
A
BRAND:
G: Goodman ®
(Standard
Feature Set)
(High
Feature Set)
A: Amana®
Brand
Deluxe
D: Deluxe
Goodman®
V: Value Line
PRODUCT
FAMILY:
S: Split System
PRODUCT
TYPE:
X: Condenser R-410A
Z: Heat Pump R-410A
14
MINOR
REVISION:
A: Initial Release
SEER:
SEER Rating
S: Goodman®
A
NOMINAL
CAPACITY:
018: 1.5 Tons
024: 2 Tons
030: 2.5 Tons
036: 3 Tons
042: 3.5 Tons
048: 4 Tons
059: 5 Tons
060: 5 Tons
MAJOR
REVISION:
A: Initial Release
ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230V/1ph/60Hz
3: 208-230v/3ph/60Hz
4: 460v/3ph/60Hz
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
A
S
X
C
BRAND:
A: Amana®
Brand
Deluxe
D: Deluxe
Goodman®
ComfortNet
16
024
1
A
A
MINOR
REVISION:
A: Initial Release
SEER:
SEER Rating
MAJOR
REVISION:
A: Initial Release
PRODUCT
FAMILY:
S: Split System
COMMUNICATION
FEATURE:
C: 4-wire
Communication
Ready
PRODUCT TYPE:
C: Condenser R-22
H: Heat Pump R-22
X: Condenser R-410A
Z: Heat Pump R-410A
NOMINAL
CAPACITY:
024: 2 Tons
036: 3 Tons
048: 4 Tons
060: 5 Tons
ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230V/1ph/60Hz
3: 208-230v/3ph/60Hz
4: 460v/3ph/60Hz
15
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
C
A
P
F
1824
A
EXPANSION
DEVICE:
F: Flowrater
PRODUCT
TYPE:
C: Indoor Coil
CABINET FINISH:
U: Unpainted
P: Painted
N: Unpainted Case
APPLICATION
A: Upflow/Downflow Coil
H: Horizontal A Coil
S: Horizontal Slab Coil
A
REVISION
A: Revision
REFRIGERANT
CHARGE:
6: R-410A or R-22
2: R-22
4: R-410a
NOMINAL WIDTH FOR GAS FURNACE
A: Fits 14" Furnace Cabinet
B: Fits 17 1/2" Furnace Cabinet
C: Fits 21" Furnace Cabinet
D: Fits 24 1/2" Furnace Cabinet
N: Does Not Apply (Horizontal Slab Coils)
NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE
@ 13 SEER
1824: 1 1/2 to 2 Tons
3030: 2 1/2 Tons
3636: 3 Tons
3642: 3 to 3 1/2 Tons
3743: 3 to 3 1/2 Tons
4860: 4 & 5 Tons
4961: 4 & 5 Tons
16
6
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
MB
R
8
00
A
A
1
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY:
1: 208-230V/60hZ/1 ph
DESIGN SERIES:
MB: Modular
Blower
FACTORY HEAT
00: No Heat
MOTOR TYPE:
R: Constant Speed
E: Variable Speed
DESIGN SERIES
A: First Series
CIRCUIT BREAKER
A: No Circuit Breaker
B: Circuit Breaker
AIRFLOW DELIVERED
08: 800 CFM
12: 1200 CFM
16: 1600 CFM
20: 2000 CFM
ComfortNet
MB
V
C
12
DESIGN SERIES:
MB: Modular Blower
00
A
FACTORY HEAT:
00: No Heat
COMMUNICATION
FEATURE:
C: 4-wire
Communication
Ready
MOTOR TYPE:
V: Variable Speed
AIRLOW DELIVERED:
12: 1200 CFM
16: 1600 CFM
20: 2000 CFM
A
1
DESIGN SERIES:
A: First Series
CIRCUIT BREAKER:
A: No Circuit Breaker
B: Circuit Breaker
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY:
1: 208-230V/60HZ/1 phase
17
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
A
W
PRODUCT
TYPE:
A: Air Handler
U
F
3642
1
6
EXPANSION
DEVICE:
F: Flowrater
T: TXV
(Expansion
Device)
A
MINOR
REVISION*
MAJOR
REVISION*
CABINET FINISH:
U: Unpainted
P: Painted
N: Uncased
APPLICATION
C: Ceiling Mount PSC Motor
D: Downflow PSC Motor
E: Multi-Position Varible Speed Motor
S: Energy-Efficient Motor
R: Multi-Position PSC Motor
T: Coated Coils
W: Wall Mount PSC Motor
A
REFRIGERANT CHARGE:
No Digit: R-22 Only
6:
R-410A or R-22
ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230V/1ph/60Hz
NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE:
@ 13 SEER
Dedicated Application
3636: 3 Tons
Multi-Position & Downflow Applications
3137: 3 Tons
3642: 3 - 3 1/2 Tons
1830: 1 1/2 - 3 1/2 Tons
@10 SEER
1729: 1 1/2 - 2 1/2 Tons (for export systems)
Ceiling Mount & Wall Mount Applications
(Nominal Cooling Capacity/Electric Heat kW)
1803: 1 1/2 Tons Cooling / 3 kW Electric Heat
1805: 1 1/2 Tons Cooling / 5 kW Electric Heat
2405: 2 Tons Cooling / 5 kW Electric Heat
3608: 3 Tons Cooling / 8 kW Electric Heat
3105: 1.5 - 2.5 Tons Cooling / 5kW Electric Heat
3210: 2 - 2.5 Tons Cooling / 10kW Electric Heat
3705: 3 Tons Cooling / 5 kW Electric Heat
3708: 3 Tons Cooling / 8 kW Electric Heat
3710: 3 Tons Cooling / 10 kW Electric Heat
All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
18
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
A
V
P
T
C
ComfortNet
1830
1
6
EXPANSION
DEVICE:
F: Flowrater
T: TXV
(Expansion
Device)
PRODUCT
TYPE:
A: Air Handler
A
MINOR
REVISION*
MAJOR
REVISION*
CABINET FINISH:
U: Unpainted
P: Painted
N: Uncased
MOTOR SPEED
V: Variable Speed
A
REFRIGERANT CHARGE:
No Digit: R-22 Only
6:
R-410A or R-22
COMMUNICATION
FEATURE:
C: 4-wire
Communication
Ready
ELECTRICAL:
1: 208-230V/1ph/60Hz
NOMINAL CAPACITY RANGE:
Multi-Position & Downflow Applications
3137: 3 Tons
1830: 1 1/2 - 2 1/2 Tons
Ceiling Mount & W all Mount Applications
(Nominal Cooling Capacity/Electric Heat kW )
4260: 3 1/2 Tons - 5 Tons
All Airhandlers use DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS. Power supply is AC 208-230v, 60 hz, 1 phase.
19
ACCESSORIES
ASZ13
ASZ13
ASZ13
ASZ13
ASZ13
ASZ13
ASZ13
ASZ13
018*
024*
030*
036*
042*
048*
060*
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
M odel
Description
AFE18-60A
FSK01A
2
O T/EHR18-60
3
X
X
X
X
X
Freeze Protec tion Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Emergenc y Heat Relay kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Outdoor Thermostat w/ Loc kout Stat
X
TX2N4
4
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4
4
TXV Kit
TX5N4
4
TXV Kit
O T18-60A
X
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
018*
024*
030*
036*
042*
048*
060*
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
M odel
Description
AFE18-60A
2
FSK01A
O T/EHR18-60
3
X
X
X
Freeze Protec tion Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Outdoor Thermostat w/ Loc kout Stat
X
TX2N4
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4
4
TXV Kit
4
X
X
Emergenc y Heat Relay kit
4
O T18-60A
X
TX5N4
CSB-15
TXV Kit
X
X
X
Sound Blanket Kit
X
X
X
CSB-16
Sound Blanket Kit
X
X
X
X
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
GSZ13
0363*
0483*
0484*
0603*
0604*
GSZ13 Three-phase models
M odel
Description
AFE18-60A
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
FSK01A
2
O T/EHR18-60
3
O T18-60A
TX3N4
4
TX5N4
4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Freeze Protec tion Kit
X
X
X
X
X
Emergenc y Heat Relay kit
Outdoor Thermostat w/ Loc kout Stat
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TXV Kit
X
TXV Kit
X
X
X
X
CSB-15
Sound Blanket Kit
X
X
X
X
CSB-16
Sound Blanket Kit
X
LAKT01
Low Ambient Kit
X
X
X
X
X
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad
2
Installed on indoor coil
3
Required for heat pump applications w here ambient temperatures f all below 0°F w ith 50% or higher relative humidity.
4
Condensing units and heatp pumps w ith reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components w hen used in conjunction
w ith an indoor coil using a non-bleed expansion valve ref rigerant metering device.
5
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps w ith reciprocating compressors require the use of startassist components w hen used in conjunction w ith an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
20
ACCESSORIES
VSZ13
Model
Description
0130R00000S
Low-pressure Switch Kit
1
VSZ13
0181A*
VSZ13
0241A*
VSZ13
0301A*
VSZ13
0361A*
VSZ13
0421A*
VSZ13
0481A*
VSZ13
0601A*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ABK-20
Anchor Bracket Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC-01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AFE18-60A
All-fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
2
FSK01A
Freeze Protection Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT18-60A3
Outdoor Thermostat
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT/EHR18-60
Emergency Heat Relay kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX3N45
TXV Kit
X
X
X
X
TX5N45
TXV Kit
X
X
X
CSB-15
Sound Blanket Kit
X
X
X
CSB-16
Sound Blanket Kit
X
X
X
1
Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad
2
Installed on indoor coil
3
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
X
4
Condensing units and heatp pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed
expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
5
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in
conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
21
ACCESSORIES
SSX14
Model
Description
SSX14
018
SSX14
024
SSX14
030
SSX14
036
SSX14
042
SSX14
048
SSX14
060
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
1
X
FSK01A
Freeze Protection Kit
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
TX3N42
TXV Kit
2
TXV Kit
TX5N4
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASX14
ASX14
018
ASX14
024
ASX14
030
ASX14
036
ASX14
042
ASX14
048
ASX14
060
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
FSK01A1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
Freeze Protection Kit
X
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
X
Model
Description
ASC01
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist
components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
22
ACCESSORIES
DSX/SSX16
M odel
Description
D/SSX16
SSX16
D/SSX16
SSX16
D/SSX16
024
030
036
042
048
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Sh o rt Cyc le Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
1
X
Free ze Pro te c tio n Kit
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
FSK01A
X
X
X
X
SSX160591
D/SSX16
060
X
0163R00003 Cran kc ase Heater Kit
1
Ins talled on indoor c oil
Required for heat pum p applications where am bient tem peratures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative hum idy.
3
Field-ins talled, non-bleed, expans ion valve k it — Condens ing units and heat pum ps with rec iproc ating
compres s ors require the us e of s tart-as sist c omponents when us ed in c onjunc tion with an indoor c oil using a nonbleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering devic e.
2
ASX16
ASX16
024
ASX16
030
ASX16
036
ASX16
042
ASX16
048
ASX16
060
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
FSK01A1
Freeze Protection Kit
X
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
X
Model
Description
ASC01
1
X
X
X
X
X
Installed on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
³ Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of
start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering
device.
23
ACCESSORIES
ASX/DSX18
ASX/DSX18
036
ASX/DSX18
048
ASX/DSX18
060
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
Model
Description
ASC01
1
FSK01A
Freeze Protection Kit
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
1
X
X
Installed on indoor coil
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
³ Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of
start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering
device.
2
24
ACCESSORIES
ComfortNet
ASXC/DSXC16
ASXC/DSXC18
Model
Description
TX2N4 1
1
TX3N4
TX5N4 1
CSR-U-1
CSR-U-2
CSR-U-3
FSK01A
2
LSK02A
OT18-60A
3
B1141643
4
TXV Kit
TXV Kit
TXV Kit
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Freeze
Protection Kit
Liquid Line
Solenoid Valve
Outdoor
Thermostat/
Lockout
Thermostat
24V Transformer
ASXC 160 24
DSXC 160 24
ASXC1 603 6
DSXC1 603 6
ASXC16 048
D SXC16 048
ASXC160 60
DSXC160 60
X
X
ASXC1 803 6
DSXC1 803 6
ASXC18 04 8
DSXC18 04 8
ASX C18 060
DSX C18 060
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Ma ximu m
n um ber
insta lled at
the sam e
time is
limite d. See
separat e
table .
Maximu m
n umber
installe d a t
the sam e
time is
limited . See
sep arate
t able.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Maximum Number of Accessory Kits Installed Simultaneously in ASXC/DSXC16024
Model
Description
CSR-U-1
CSR-U-2
CSR-U-3
FSK01A
2
LSK02A
OT18-60A 3
B1141643
4
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Freeze
Protection Kit
Liquid Line
Solenoid Valve
Outdoor
Thermostat/
Lockout
Thermostat
24V Transformer
ASXC 160 24
DSXC 160 24
ASXC1 602 4
DSXC1 602 4
ASXC16 024
D SXC16 024
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASXC160 24
DSXC160 24
ASXC1 602 4
DSXC1 602 4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Maximum Number of Accessory Kits Installed Simultaneously in
ASXC/DSXC16036
Model
Description
CSR-U-1
CSR-U-2
CSR-U-3
FSK01A
2
LSK02A
OT18-60A
3
B1141643
4
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Freeze
Protection Kit
Liquid Line
Solenoid Valve
Outdoor
Thermostat/
Lockout
Thermostat
24V Transformer
ASXC 160 36
DSXC 160 36
ASXC1 603 6
DSXC1 603 6
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASXC16 036
D SXC16 036
ASXC160 36
DSXC160 36
X
X
X
X
X
X
* * Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad.
1
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heap pumps with reciprocating
compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a
non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
2
Installed on the indoor coil.
3
Available in 24V legacy mode only. This feature is integrated in the communicating mode.
4
This component is included in the CTK01AA communicating thermostat kit.
25
ACCESSORIES
AS X 1 3
M odel
A B K -20
A SC 01
A SX 1 3
A SX1 3
A SX1 3
A SX1 3
A SX 1 3
A SX1 3
A SX1 3
018*
024*
030*
036*
042*
048*
060*
An c h o r B r ac ke t K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
D e scrip tio n
1
An ti-S h o r t C y c le K it
X
X
X
X
C SR -U -1
H ar d -star t K it
X
X
X
X
C SR -U -2
H ar d -star t K it
C SR -U -3
H ar d -star t K it
X
FS K 01A
2
Fr e e ze P r o t e c t io n K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
LS K 01A
3
Liq u id Lin e S o le n o id K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
T X 2N 4³
T X V K it
X
T X 3N 4
3
T X V K it
X
X
X
T X 5N 4
3
T X V K it
X
X
X
GS X 13
M odel
D e scrip tio n
G SX 1 3
G SX1 3
G SX1 3
G SX1 3
G SX 1 3
G SX1 3
G SX1 3
060*
018*
024*
030*
036*
042*
048*
An c h o r B r ac ke t K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
An ti-S h o r t C y c le K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
C SR -U -1
H ar d -star t K it
X
X
X
X
C SR -U -2
H ar d -star t K it
X
X
X
C SR -U -3
H ar d -star t K it
A B K -20
A SC 01
1
FS K 01A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3
Liq u id Lin e S o le n o id K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
T X V K it
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
T X V K it
3
T X V K it
T X 5N 4
C SB -15
S o u n d B lan ke t K it
C SB -16
S o u n d B lan ke t K it
X
X
X
X
G SX 1 3
G SX1 3
G SX1 3
G SX1 3
G SX 1 3
G S X 1 3 T h re e -p h a s e m o d e ls
M odel
D e scrip tio n
0363*
0483*
0484*
0603*
0604*
An c h o r B r ac ke t K it
X
X
X
X
X
An ti-S h o r t C y c le K it
X
X
X
X
X
C SR -U -1
H ar d -star t K it
X
C SR -U -2
H ar d -star t K it
X
C SR -U -3
H ar d -star t K it
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
FS K 01A
2
Fr e e ze P r o t e c t io n K it
X
X
X
X
X
LS K 01A
3
Liq u id Lin e S o le n o id K it
X
X
X
X
X
T X V K it
X
T X 3N 4
3
T X 5N 4
3
T X V K it
X
X
X
X
C SB -15
S o u n d B lan ke t K it
X
X
X
X
C SB -16
S o u n d B lan ke t K it
LAK T 01
Lo w A mb ie n t K it
X
X
X
X
X
0163R 00002
Cr an kc ase H e at e r K it
X
0163R 00003
Cr an kc ase H e at e r K it
0163R 00004
Cr an kc ase H e at e r K it
X
X
1
C o n t a ins 2 0 br a c k e t s ; fou r br a c k e t s n ee de d t o a n c h o r un it t o pa d
2
I n s t a lle d o n in do o r c oil
3
X
X
X
F ie ld-ins t a lle d, n on -ble e d, e x pa n s ion v a lv e k it — C o nde n s in g u nit s a n d h e a t pu mps w it h r e c ipr oc a t in g
c ompr e s s o r s r e qu ir e t h e u s e o f s t a r t -a s s is t c ompo n e nt s w h e n u s e d in c o n ju n c t io n w it h a n in doo r c o il us in g a
n on -ble e d t h e r ma l e x pa n s io n v a lv e r e fr ig e r a
26
X
Fr e e ze P r o t e c t io n K it
3
A B K -20
A SC 01
X
2
LS K 01A
T X 2N 4³
T X 3N 4
X
ACCESSORIES
VSX13
VSX13
018*
VSX13
024*
VSX13
030*
VSX13
036*
VSX13
042*
VSX13
048*
VSX13
060*
Anchor Bracket Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC-01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
Model
Description
ABK-201
X
X
2
Freeze Protection Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
FSK01A
Liquid Line Solenoid Kit
X
3
TXV Kit
X
3
TXV Kit
X
3
TX5N4
TXV Kit
CSB-15
Sound Blanket Kit
CSB-16
Sound Blanket Kit
LSK01A
TX2N4
TX3N4
X
X
X
X
SSZ14
Model
Description
SSZ14
018
SSZ14
024
SSZ14
030
SSZ14
036
SSZ14
042
SSZ14
048
SSZ14
060
AFE18-60A
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
FSK01A1
Freeze Protection Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT18-60A2
Outdoor Thermostat
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT-EHR18-60
Emergency Heat Relat Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
ASZ14
Model
Description
ASZ14
018
ASZ14
024
ASZ14
030
ASZ14
036
ASZ14
042
ASZ14
048
ASZ14
060
AFE18-60A
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
1
Freeze Protection Kit
FSK01A
2
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT18-60A
Outdoor Thermostat
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT-EHR18-60
Emergency Heat Relat Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
3
Condensing units and heatp pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed
expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
27
ACCESSORIES
DSZ/SSZ16
D/SSZ16
D/SSZ16
D/SSZ16
D/SSZ16
D/SSZ16
D/SSZ16
024
030
036
042
048
060
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cyc le Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
M odel
Description
AFE18-60A
X
X
Freeze Protec tio n Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
O T/EHR18-60
Emergenc y Heat Relay Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
O T/EHR18-60
Emergenc y Heat Relay Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
O T18-60A²
O utdoor Thermostat w/ Loc kout Stat
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
X
FSK01A
1
1
I nstalled on indoor coil
2
Requir ed for heat pump applications where ambient temper atur es fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relativ e humidy.
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with r eciproc ating compr essors require the use of start-assist
components when used in c onjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed ther mal expansion valv e r efr igerant metering dev ic e.
ASZ16
ASZ16
ASZ16
ASZ16
ASZ16
ASZ16
ASZ16
024
030
036
042
048
060
Model
Description
AFE18-60A
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cycle Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
Freeze Protec tion Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT/EHR18-60
Emergency Heat Relay Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT/EHR18-60
Emergency Heat Relay Kit
X
X
X
X
X
X
OT18-60A²
Outdoor Thermostat w/ Lockout Stat
X
X
X
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
X
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
X
FSK01A
1
1
Installed on indoor coil
2
Required for heat pump applications where ambient temperatures fall below 0°F with 50% or higher relative humidy.
3
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit — Condensing units and heat pumps with reciprocating compressors require the use of start-assist
components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
28
ACCESSORIES
ASZ/DSZ18
ASZ/DSZ18
ASZ/DSZ18
ASZ/DSZ18
036
048
060
All-Fuel Kit
X
X
X
ASC01
Anti-Short Cyc le Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-1
Hard-start Kit
X
CSR-U-2
Hard-start Kit
X
X
X
CSR-U-3
Hard-start Kit
X
X
M odel
Description
AFE18-60A
1
Freeze Protec tio n Kit
X
X
X
O T/EHR18-60
Emergenc y Heat Relay Kit
X
X
X
O T/EHR18-60
Emergenc y Heat Relay Kit
X
X
X
O T18-60A²
O utdoo r Thermostat w/ Loc ko ut Stat
X
X
X
TX2N4³
TXV Kit
TX3N4³
TXV Kit
TX5N4³
TXV Kit
X
X
FSK01A
X
1
I nst alled on indoor coil
2
Requir ed for heat pump applicat ions where ambient t emperat ures fall below 0°F wit h 50% or higher r elat iv e humidy .
3
Field-inst alled, non-bleed, expansion v alv e kit — Condensing unit s and heat pumps wit h r ecipr ocating compressors requir e t he use of st art -assi
component s when used in conjunct ion with an indoor coil using a non-bleed t her mal expansion v alv e refriger ant met ering dev ic e.
29
ComfortNet
ACCESSORIES
ASZC/DSZC16
ASZC/DSZC18
Model
Description
TX2N4 1
1
TX3N4
TX5N4 1
CSR-U-1
CSR-U-2
CSR-U-3
FSK01A
2
OT18-60A
3
B1141643
4
TXV Kit
TXV Kit
TXV Kit
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Hard-start Kit
Freeze
Protection Kit
Outdoor
Thermostat/
Lockout
Thermostat
24V Transformer
ASZC16024
DSZC16024
ASZC16036
DSZC16036
ASZC16048 ASZC16060
DSZC16048 DSZC16060
ASZC18036 ASZC18048
DSZC18036 DSZC18048
ASZC18060
DSZC18060
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Contains 20 brackets; four brackets needed to anchor unit to pad
1
Field-installed, non-bleed, expansion valve kit - Condensing units and heap pumps with reciprocating
compressors require the use of start-assist components when used in conjunction with an indoor coil using a
non-bleed thermal expansion valve refrigerant metering device.
2
Installed on the indoor coil
3
Available in 24V legacy mode only. This feature is integrated in the communicating mode. Required for heat
pump applications where ambient temperature fall below 0 °F with 50% or higher relative humidity.
4
This component is included in the CTK01AA communicating thermostat kit.
30
ACCESSORIES
EXPANSION VALVE KITS
For Applications requiring
1/4 FLARE CONNECTION
BULB TO BE LOCATED
AT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
a field installed access fitting
BULB
SUCTION LINE
EVAPORATOR COIL
PISTON
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL
DISTRIBUTOR
BODY
EXPANSION VALVE
TAILPIECE
REMOVE BEFORE INSTALLING EXPANSION VALVE
3/8"SWEAT
7/8" NUT
For Applications not requiring
1/4' FLARE
CONNECTION
a field installed access fitting
BULB TO BE LOCATED
AT 10 OR 2 O'CLOCK
BULB
SUCTION LINE
PISTON
EXPANSION VALVE
EVAPORATOR COIL
DISTRIBUTOR
BODY
TAILPIECE
SEAL
3/8"SWEAT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
SEAL SUPPLIED W/ KIT
REMOVE BEFORE
INSTALLING
EXPANSION VALVE
7/8" NUT
OT/EHR18-60
OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT &
EMERGENCY HEAT RELAY
OT18-60
Thermostat
Dial
315º
COLD
WARM
(Turn Clockwise)
DEAD
DIAL
Set Point
Adjustment
Screw
(Turn Counterclockwise)
45º
Set Point
Indicator
Mark
(Shown @ Oº F)
Not for use with
ComfortNet System
31
ACCESSORIES
FSK01A
FREEZE THERMOSTAT
KIT
Wire Nut
Y
Bl
ac
k
Y
k
ac
Bl
Wire Nut
Install Line
Thermostat
Here
Install Line
Thermostat
Here
Wire Nut
Bla
ck
Y
Bla
ck
Wire Nut
ASC01A
ANTI-SHORT -CYCLE CONTROL KIT
Y
Not for use with
ComfortNet System
SHORT CYCLE
PROTECTOR
Y1 R1
Y2 R2
YELLOW 1
CONTACTOR
T2 T1
Y
BLACK 1
THERMOSTAT
WIRE
L2 L1
C
BLACK 1
32
UNIT
TERMINAL
BOARD
ACCESSORIES
COIL ACCESSORIES
COIL MODEL
TX2N4 TXV KIT
TX3N4 TXV KIT
CA*F18246*
X
X
CA*F30306*
X
CA*F36426*
X
TX5N4 TXV KIT
FSK01A FREEZE PROTECTION KIT
X
X
X
X
CHPF18246*
X
X
CHPF30306*
X
X
CHPF36426*
X
CSCF1824N6*
X
X
X
CSCF303N6*
X
CSCF3642N6*
X
X
X
X
HKR SERIES ELECTRIC HEAT KITS
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - MBR, MBE, MBVC
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT
BLOWER
NO HEAT
HKR-03* HKR05-(C)'
HKR-06* HKR-08(C)* HKR-10(C)* HKR-15(C)* HKR-20(C)* HKR-21(C)* ^HKR3-15* ^HKR3-20A
MBR0800AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
MBR1200AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
MBR1600AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
MBR2000AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
MBE1200AA-1AA
-
-
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
-
MBE1600AA-1AA
-
-
-
-
-
X
X
-
-
-
-
MBE2000AA-1AA
-
-
-
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
MBE1200AA-1BA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
-
-
MBE1600AA-1BA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
-
-
MBE2000AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
-
MBVC1200AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
-
-
MBVC1600AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
-
-
MBVC2000AA-1AA
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
-
X = Allowable combinations
- = Restricted combinations
^ = Circuit 1: Single Phase for Air Handler Motor
Circuit 2: 3-Phase for HKR3 Heater Kits
* = Revision level that my or may not be designated
C = Circuit Breaker option
33
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ARPF
ARPF1824
1/16
ARPF1931
1/16
ARPF3030
1/16
ARPF3642
1/16
ARPF3743
1/16
ARPF4860
1/16
HKR-03*
X
X
X
X
X
X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C*
X
X
X
X
X
X
HKR-06*
X
X
X
X
X
X
HKR-08*, HKR-08C*
X1
X1
X
X
X
X
HKR-10*, HKR-10C*
1
1
1
X
X
X
2
3
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
HKR-15C*
HKR-20C*
HKR-21C*
^ HKR3-15*
^ HKR3-20*
X
2
X
X
2
X
X
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
34
X
X
X
X
X
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ARUF
ARUF1729
1/16
ARUF1824
1/16
ARUF1931
1/16
ARUF3030
1/16
ARUF3642
1/16
ARUF3743
1/16
ARUF4860
1/16
HKR-03*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HKR-06*
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
X
X
X
X
1
1
X
X
X
2
3
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
HKR-08*, HKR-08C*
HKR-10*, HKR-10C*
HKR-15C*
X
1
X
2
X
X
1
X
2
X
X
X
2
X
X
X
2
HKR-20C*
X
2
HKR-21C*
X
2
^ HKR3-15*
X
2
^ HKR3-20*
X
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
HKR-03*
HKR-05*, HKR-05C*
HKR-06*
HKR-08*, HKR-08C*
HKR-10*, HKR-10C*
HKR-15C*
HKR-20C*
HKR-21C*
^ HKR3-15*
^ HKR3-20*
ARUF02400A1A
X
X
X
X
X1
ARUF03200A1B
X
X
X
1
X
X1
2
X
ARUF04200A1B
X
X
X
X
X1
2
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
ARUF04900A1B
X
X
X
X
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
3
X
ARUF06100A1B
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
* Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit breaker option
^ Heat kit required three-phase power supply
1
Air handler must either be on medium or high speed
2
Air handler must be on high speed
3
For static pressure of 0.6 or higher, air handler must be on medium or high speed.
35
ACCESSORIES
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - AEPF
AEPF183016
HKR-05*, HKR-05C*
X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C
X
HKR-10*, HKR-10C
X
1
HKR-15C*
AEPF303616
AEPF313716
AEPF426016
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
X
1
X
X
2
HKR-20C*
X
HKR-21C
X
2
*
Revision level that may or may not be designated
C Circuit Breaker option
1
This heater kit can be used ONLY for 1000 CFM or higher applications
2
This heater kit can be used ONLY for 1200 CFM or higher applications
ELECTRIC HEAT KIT APPLICATIONS - ASPF
ASPF183016
ASPF303616
ASPF313716
ASPF426016
HKR-03*
X
X
X
X
HKR-05*, HKR-05C*
X
X
X
X
HKR-06*
X
X
X
X
HRK-08*, HKR-08C*
X
1
HKR-10*, HKR-10C*
X
1
X
1
X
1
X
HKR-15C*
X
2
X
2
X
2
X
1
HKR-20C*
X
2
X
2
X
1
HKR-21C*
X
2
X
2
X
1
X
2
X
2
X
1
X
2
X
2
X
1
+HKR3-15*
X
2
+HKR3-20*
*
Revision lev el that may or may not be designated
C Circ uit Breaker option
+ Heat kit r equir es 3-phase power supply
1
Air handler must be on speed tap 2, 3, 4 or 5
2
Air handler must be on speed tap 4 or 5
3
Air handler must be on speed tap 3, 4 or 5
36
X
1
X
1
X
PRODUCT DESIGN
This section gives a basic description of cooling unit operation, its various components and their basic operation.
Ensure your system is properly sized for heat gain and loss
according to methods of the Air Conditioning Contractors
Association (ACCA) or equivalent.
CONDENSING UNIT
The condenser air is pulled through the condenser coil by a
direct drive propeller fan. This condenser air is then discharged out of the top of the cabinet. These units are
designed for free air discharge, so no additional resistance,
like duct work, shall be attached.
The suction and liquid line connections on present models
are of the sweat type for field piping with refrigerant type
copper. Front seating valves are factory installed to accept
the field run copper. The total refrigerant charge for a normal
installation is factory installed in the condensing unit.
GSX, GSZ, ASX, ASZ, SSX, SSZ, DSX, DSZ, VSX, and VSZ
models are available in 1 1/2 through 5 ton sizes and use R410A refrigerant. They are designed for 208/230 volt single
phase applications.
GSX/GSZ *****3 models are available in 3, 4, and 5 ton sizes
and use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 208/230
volt 3-phase applications.
GSX/GSZ *****4 models are available in 4 and 5 ton sizes and
use R-410A refrigerant. They are designed for 460 volt 3phase applications.
ASX, ASZ, DSX and DSZ R-410A model units use the
Copeland Scroll "Ultratech" Series compressors which are
specifically designed for R-410A refrigerant. These units also
have Copeland® ComfortAlert diagnostics.
GSX, GSZ, SSX, SSZ, VSX, and VSZ R-410A model units
use the Copeland Scroll "Ultratech" Series compressors
which are specifically designed for R-410A refrigerant.
ASXC, ASZC, DSXC, DSZC models are available in 2
through 5 ton sizes and use R-410A refrigerant. They are
designed for 208/230 volt single phase applications.
ASXC, ASZC, DSXC, DSZC R-410A model units use the
Copeland Scroll "Ultratech" Series compressors which are
specifically designed for R-410A refrigerant. These units also
have Copeland® ComfortAlert diagnostics. The Copeland®
ComfortAlert diagnostics are integrated into the unitary (UC)
control. These models are ComfortNetTM ready.
There are a number of design characteristics which are
different from the traditional reciprocating and/or scroll compressors.
"Ultractech" Series scroll compressors will not have a discharge thermostat. Some of the early model scroll compressors required discharge thermostat.
"Ultratech" Series scroll compressors use "POE" or
polyolester oil which is NOT compatible with mineral oil
based lubricants like 3GS. "POE" oil must be used if
additional oil is required.
COILS AND BLOWER COILS - LEGACY
MODELS
MBR/MBE/MBVC blower cabinets are designed to be used
as a two-piece blower and coil combination. MBR/MBE/
MBVC blower sections can be attached to cased evaporator
coil. This two-piece arrangement allows for a variety of mixmatching possibilities providing greater flexibility. The MBE/
MBVC blower cabinets use a variable speed motor that
maintains a constant airflow with a higher duct static.
MBE/MBVC blower cabinests are approved for applications
with cooling coils of up to 0.8 inches W.C. external static
pressure. The MBE models includes a feature that allows
airflow to be changed by +15%. The MBVC models allow
airflow trimming of +/-10%.
The MBR blower cabinet uses a PSC motor. It is approved for
applications with cooling coils of up to 0.5 inches W.C.
external static pressure.
The MBR/MBE/MBVC blower cabinets with proper coil
matches can be positioned for upflow, counterflow, horizontal
right or horizontal left operation. All units are constructed with
R-4.2 insulation. In areas of extreme humidity (greater than
80% consistently), insulate the exterior of the blower with
insulation having a vapor barrier equivalent to ductwork
insulation, providing local codes permit.
The CAPX/CHPX coils are equipped with a thermostatic
expansion valve that has a built-in internal check valve for
refrigerant metering. The CACF/CAPF/CHPF coils are
equipped with a fixed restrictor orifice.
The coils are designed for upflow, counterflow or horizontal
application, using two-speed direct drive motors on the
CACF/CAPF/CHPX models and BPM (Brushless Permanent
Magnet) or ECM motors on the MBE/MBVC models.
Communicating Unitary Control (UC) PCB
The Communicating System Unitary Control PCB is a microprocessor-based control for heat pump and air conditioning
condensing units with single-phase compressors up to 5 ton
capacity operating on standard residential or Delta and Wye
commercial power. The control incorporates the basic functionality of existing defrost controls, outdoor thermostats,
contactors, compressor staging controls, short cycle controls, line voltage monitors, Comfort Alert Module, two speed
condenser fan relays and the Active Protection component of
enabled thermostats. The control is designed to work as part
of a fully communicating HVAC system with 4 wires. The
control also supports legacy 24VAC thermostat inputs for
Y1, Y2, O and 24VAC outputs for RVS, W1, and L for noncommunicating systems. Outputs include compressor power,
compressor stage select, and outdoor fan high and outdoor
fan low speed. System inputs include high/low pressure
switches, as well as thermistor inputs for outdoor coil
temperature and outdoor air temperature.
37
PRODUCT DESIGN
The ASX & ASXC [16 & 18], ASZ & ASZC [16 & 18], DSX &
DSXC [16 & 18] and DSZ & DSZC [16 & 18] series split
system units use a two-stage scroll compressor. The twostep modulator has an internal unloading mechanism that
opens a bypass port in the first compression pocket, effectively reducing the displacement of the scroll. The opening
and closing of the bypass port is controlled by an internal
electrically operated solenoid.
As this motion occurs, the pockets between the two forms
are slowly pushed to the center of the two scrolls while
simultaneously being reduced in volume. When the pocket
reaches the center of the scroll form, the gas, which is now
at a high pressure, is discharged out of a port located at the
center.
During compression, several pockets are being compressed
simultaneously, resulting in a very smooth process. Both the
suction process (outer portion of the scroll members) and the
discharge process (inner portion) are continuous.
Some design characteristics of the Compliant Scroll compressor are:
The ZPS/ZRS two-step modulated scroll uses a single step
of unloading to go from full capacity to approximately 67%
capacity. A single speed, high efficiency motor continues to
run while the scroll modulates between the two capacity
steps.
• Compliant Scroll compressors are more tolerant of liquid
refrigerant.
NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll
compressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, continued floodback or flooded start conditions may wash oil
from the bearing surfaces causing premature bearing
failure.
• "Ultratech" Series scroll compressors use "POE" or
polyolester oil which is NOT compatible with mineral oil
based lubricants like 3GS. "POE" oil must be used if
additional oil is required.
FIGURE A
A scroll is an involute spiral which, when matched with a
mating scroll form as shown, generates a series of crescent
shaped gas pockets between the two members.
During compression, one scroll remains stationary (fixed
scroll) while the other form (orbiting scroll) is allowed to orbit
(but not rotate) around the first form.
38
• Compliant scroll compressors perform "quiet" shutdowns
that allow the compressor to restart immediately without
the need for a time delay. This compressor will restart
even if the system has not equalized.
NOTE: Operating pressures and amp draws may differ
from standard reciprocating compressors. This information can be found in the unit's Technical Information
Manual.
PRODUCT DESIGN
CAPACITY CONTROL - LEGACY MODELS
During the compression process, there are several pockets
within the scroll that are compressing gas. Modulation is
achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction
pocket back to the low side of the compressor thereby
reducing the effective displacement of the compressor. See
Figure A. Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents,
increasing the displacement to 100%. A solenoid in the
compressor, controlled by an external 24-volt ac signal,
moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents.
The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the
compressor operates somewhere around 67% capacity when
the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity when the
solenoid is energized. The loading and unloading of the two
step scroll is done “on the fly” without shutting off the motor
between steps. See Figure B below. The unloaded mode
default was chosen for two reasons:
CAPACITY CONTROL - COMFORTNETTM
MODELS
During the compression process, there are several pockets
within the scroll that are compressing gas. Modulation is
achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction
pocket back to the low side of the compressor thereby
reducing the effective displacement of the compressor. See
Figure A. Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents,
increasing the displacement to 100%. A solenoid in the
compressor, controlled by an external 24-volt ac signal,
moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents.
The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the
compressor operates somewhere around 67% capacity when
the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity when the
solenoid is energized. The loading and unloading of the two
step scroll is done “on the fly” without shutting off the motor
between steps. See Figure C below. The unloaded mode
default was chosen for two reasons:
Molded Plug*
Line
Run Capacitor
Line
Internal Unloader
Coil
24 VAC
*Rectifier is integrated on the UC PCB
FIGURE B
FIGURE C
1. It is expected that the majority of run hours will be in the
low capacity, unloaded mode.
1. It is expected that the majority of run hours will be in the
low capacity, unloaded mode.
2. It allows a simple two-stage thermostat to control capacity through the second stage in both cooling and possibly
heating if desired.
2. It allows a simple two-stage thermostat to control capacity through the second stage in both cooling and possibly
heating if desired.
UNLOADER SOLENOID
UNLOADER SOLENOID
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be
18 to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The
external electrical connection is made with a molded plug
assembly. This plug is connected to the Comfort Alert
Module which contains a full wave rectifier to supply direct
current to the unloader coil.
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be
18 to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The
external electrical connection is made with a molded plug
assembly. This plug is connected to the Communicating
Unitary Control PCB (UC PCB) which contains a full wave
rectifier to supply direct current to the unloader coil.
39
SYSTEM OPERATION
COOLING
The refrigerant used in the system is R-410A. It is a clear,
colorless, non-toxic and non-irritating liquid. R-410A is a
50:50 blend of R-32 and R-125. The boiling point at atmospheric pressure is -62.9°F.
The check valve at the indoor coil will open by the flow of
refrigerant letting the now condensed liquid refrigerant bypass the indoor expansion device. The check valve at the
outdoor coil will be forced closed by the refrigerant flow,
thereby utilizing the outdoor expansion device.
A few of the important principles that make the refrigeration
cycle possible are: heat always flows from a warmer to a
cooler body. Under lower pressure, a refrigerant will absorb
heat and vaporize at a low temperature. The vapors may be
drawn off and condensed at a higher pressure and temperature to be used again.
The restrictor orifice used with the CA*F, CHPF and CH**FCB
coils will be forced onto a seat when running in the cooling
cycle, only allowing liquid refrigerant to pass through the
orifice opening. In the heating cycle, it will be forced off the
seat allowing liquid to flow around the restrictor. A check valve
is not required in this circuit.
The indoor evaporator coil functions to cool and dehumidify
the air conditioned spaces through the evaporative process
taking place within the coil tubes.
COOLING CYCLE
NOTE: The pressures and temperatures shown in the
refrigerant cycle illustrations on the following pages are for
demonstration purposes only. Actual temperatures and pressures are to be obtained from the "Expanded Performance
Chart".
Liquid refrigerant at condensing pressure and temperatures,
(270 psig and 122°F), leaves the outdoor condensing coil
through the drier and is metered into the indoor coil through
the metering device. As the cool, low pressure, saturated
refrigerant enters the tubes of the indoor coil, a portion of the
liquid immediately vaporizes. It continues to soak up heat and
vaporizes as it proceeds through the coil, cooling the indoor
coil down to about 48°F.
Heat is continually being transferred to the cool fins and tubes
of the indoor evaporator coil by the warm system air. This
warming process causes the refrigerant to boil. The heat
removed from the air is carried off by the vapor.
As the vapor passes through the last tubes of the coil, it
becomes superheated. That is, it absorbs more heat than is
necessary to vaporize it. This is assurance that only dry gas
will reach the compressor. Liquid reaching the compressor
can weaken or break compressor valves.
The compressor increases the pressure of the gas, thus
adding more heat, and discharges hot, high pressure superheated gas into the outdoor condenser coil.
In the condenser coil, the hot refrigerant gas, being warmer
than the outdoor air, first loses its superheat by heat transferred from the gas through the tubes and fins of the coil. The
refrigerant now becomes saturated, part liquid, part vapor and
then continues to give up heat until it condenses to a liquid
alone. Once the vapor is fully liquefied, it continues to give up
heat which subcools the liquid, and it is ready to repeat the
cycle.
HEATING
The heating portion of the refrigeration cycle is similar to the
cooling cycle. By energizing the reversing valve solenoid coil,
the flow of the refrigerant is reversed. The indoor coil now
becomes the condenser coil, and the outdoor coil becomes
the evaporator coil.
40
For legacy room thermostat: When the room thermostat calls
for cool, the contacts of the room thermostat close making
terminals R to Y1 & G (if thermostat calls for low stage cool),
or R to Y1, Y2 & G (if thermostat calls for high stage cool),
the low voltage circuit of the transformer is completed.
Current now flows through the magnetic holding coils of the
compressor contactor (CC) and fan relay (RFC). If thermostat
calls for high stage cool, the microprocessor on the UC board
will also energize the compressor high stage solenoid to run
the compressor at full capacity.
This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting the
compressor and condenser fan motors in either low or high
stage depending on the thermostat’s demand. At the same
time, contacts RFC close, starting the indoor fan motor.
When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts,
breaking the low voltage circuit, causing the compressor
contactor and indoor fan relay to open, shutting down the
system.
If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set on
the “on” position, then the indoor blower would run continuously rather than cycling with the compressor.
GSZ, ASZ, SSZ, DSZ, and VSZ models energize the reversing valve thorough the "O" circuit in the room thermostat.
Therefore, the reversing valve remains energized as long as
the thermostat subbase is in the cooling position. The only
exception to this is during defrost.
For heat pumps, during cooling cycle the reversing valve is
energized as the room thermostat closes “O” terminal to R
and the microprocessor on the UC board responds to such a
condition by energizing the solenoid coil on the reversing
valve.
For communicating room thermostat: When the room thermostat calls for either low stage cool or high stage cool,
appropriate commands are sent via the data 1 and data 2 lines
to the outdoor unit's UC control. The UC control energizes the
on-board compressor relay and the on-board outdoor fan
relay. The compressor high stage solenoid is energized if it
is a high stage call.
The UC control sends a fan command to the indoor unit (air
handler or furnace). The indoor unit operates the indoor
blower at the appropriate airflow level. The system operates
at the cooling level demanded by the thermostat.
SYSTEM OPERATION
When the thermostat is satisfied, appropriate commands are
sent to the UC control. The compressor relay and outdoor
fan relay is de-energized. The compressor high stage
solenoid is de-energized if it was energized. The UC control
sends an appropriate command to the indoor unit to deenergize the indoor blower motor.
If room thermostat fan status is set to be “on”, then indoor
blower would run continuously rather than cycling with the
compressor.
For heat pumps, the reversing valve is energized during a
cooling a cycle. The call for cooling from the communicating
thermostat indicates to the control that the reversing valve is
to be energized during cooling operation.
defrost cycle is terminated and the timing period is reset. The
field service personnel can also advance a heat pump to the
defrost cycle by simultaneously pressing the “TEST” button
and the “RECALL” button on the UC board.
HEATING CYCLE
The reversing valve on the GSZ, SSZ, ASZ and DSZ models
is energized in the cooling cycle through the "O" terminal on
the room thermostat.
These models have a 24 volt reversing valve coil. When the
thermostat selector switch is set in the cooling position, the
"O" terminal on the thermostat is energized all the time.
DEFROST CYCLE - LEGACY MODELS
Care must be taken when selecting a room thermostat. Refer
to the installation instructions shipped with the product for
approved thermostats.
The defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by the
defrost control board and the defrost thermostat.
HEATING CYCLE
Solid State Defrost Control
During operation the power to the circuit board is controlled
by a temperature sensor, which is clamped to a feeder tube
entering the outdoor coil. Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, or
90 minutes may be selected by connecting the circuit board
jumper to 30, 60, or 90 respectively. Accumulation of time for
the timing period selected starts when the sensor closes
(approximately 31° F), and when the room thermostat calls
for heat. At the end of the timing period, the unit’s defrost
cycle will be initiated provided the sensor remains closed.
When the sensor opens (approximately 75° F), the defrost
cycle is terminated and the timing period is reset. If the
defrost cycle is not terminated due to the sensor temperature, a ten minute override interrupts the unit’s defrost period.
DF2
90
60
30
DF1
W2
DFT
DEFROST CYCLE - COMFORTNETTM MODELS
The defrosting of the outdoor coil is jointly controlled by the
UC PCB and the outdoor coil temperature (OCT) sensor.
The OCT sensor is clamped to a feeder tube entering the
outdoor coil. Defrost timing periods of 30, 60, 90 or 120
minutes may be selected via the dipswitch settings on the UC
PCB. In a communicating system, the defrost timing periods
can also be selected in the communicating thermostat user
menu. During operation the microprocessor on the UC checks
coil temperature via the OCT sensor every 30, 60, 90, or 120
minutes when there is a call for heating. If by the time the
microprocessor checks the coil temperature, and it's low
enough (approximately 31°F), and if there is a call for heat
from the thermostat, the PCB will initiate a defrost. When the
microprocessor detects the coil temperature to be high
enough (approximately 75 0F), or 10 minutes of maximum
defrost cycle time has elapsed, whichever occurs first, the
For legacy room thermostat: When the room thermostat
calls for heat, the contacts of the room thermostat close
making terminals R to Y & G, the low voltage circuit of the
transformer is completed. Current now flows through the
magnetic holing coils of the compressor contactor (CC) and
fan relay (RFC).
This draws in the normally open contact CC, starting the
compressor condenser fan motors. At the same time,
contacts RFC close, starting the indoor fan motor.
When the thermostat is satisfied, it opens its contacts,
breaking the low voltage circuit, causing the compressor
contactor and indoor fan relay to open, shutting down the
system.
If the room thermostat fan selector switch should be set to
the “on” position, then the indoor blower would run continuously rather than cycling with the compressor.
For communicating room thermostat: When the room thermostat calls for either low stage heat or high stage heat,
appropriate commands are sent via the data 1 and data 2
lines to the outdoor unit's UC control. The UC control
energizes the on-board compressor relay and the on-board
outdoor fan relay. The compressor high stage solenoid is
energized if it is a high stage call. The UC control sends a
fan command to the indoor unit (air handler or furnace). The
indoor unit operates the indoor blower at the appropriate
airflow level. The system operates at the cooling level
demanded by the thermostat.
When the thermostat is satisfied, appropriate commands
are sent to the UC control. The compressor relay and
outdoor fan relay is de-energized. The compressor high
stage solenoid is de-energized if it was energized. The UC
control sends an appropriate command to the indoor unit to
de-energize the indoor blower motor.
41
SYSTEM OPERATION
COOLING CYCLE
Reversing Valve
(Energized)
Indoor
Coil
Outdoor
Coil
Accumulator
Thermostatic
Expansion
Valve
Bi-Flow
Filter Dryer
Check Valve
HEATING CYCLE
Reversing Valve
(De-Energized)
Indoor
Coil
Outdoor
Coil
Accumulator
Thermostatic
Expansion
Valve
Bi-Flow
Filter Dryer
Check Valve
42
SYSTEM OPERATION
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY
IN COOLING OPERATION
EXPANSION VALVE/CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY
IN HEATING OPERATION
Most expansion valves used in current Amana® Brand Heat Pump products
use an internally checked expansion valve.
This type of expansion valve does not require an external check valve as shown above.
However, the principle of operation is the same.
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLY
IN COOLING OPERATION
RESTRICTOR ORIFICE ASSEMBLY
IN HEATING OPERATION
In the cooling mode, the orifice is pushed into its
seat, forcing refrigerant to flow through the metered
hole in the center of the orifice.
In the heating mode, the orifice moves back off its
seat, allowing refrigerant to flow unmetered around
the outside of the orifice.
43
SYSTEM OPERATION
AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARD
DESCRIPTION
The AFE18 control is designed for use in heat pump applications where the indoor coil is located above/downstream of a
gas or fossil fuel furnace. It will operate with single and two
stage heat pumps and single and two stage furnaces. The
AFE18 control will turn the heat pump unit off when the
furnace is turned on. An anti-short cycle feature is also
incorporated which initiates a 3 minute timed off delay when
the compressor goes off. On initial power up or loss and
restoration of power, this 3 minute timed off delay will be
initiated. The compressor won’t be allowed to restart until the
3 minute off delay has expired. Also included is a 5 second
de-bounce feature on the “Y, E, W1 and O” thermostat inputs.
These thermostat inputs must be present for 5 seconds
before the AFE18 control will respond to it.
An optional outdoor thermostat, OT18-60A, can be used with
the AFE18 to switch from heat pump operation to furnace
operation below a specific ambient temperature setting, i.e.
break even temperature during heating. When used in this
manner, the “Y” heat demand is switched to the “W1” input
to the furnace by the outdoor thermostat and the furnace is
used to satisfy the first stage “Y” heat demand. On some
44
controls, if the outdoor thermostat fails closed in this position
during the heating season, it will turn on the furnace during
the cooling season on a “Y” cooling demand. In this
situation, the furnace produces heat and increases the
indoor temperature thereby never satisfying the cooling
demand. The furnace will continue to operate and can only
be stopped by switching the thermostat to the off position or
removing power to the unit and then replacing the outdoor
thermostat. When the AFE18 receives a “Y” and “O”
input from the indoor thermostat, it recognizes this as a
cooling demand in the cooling mode. If the outdoor thermostat is stuck in the closed position switching the “Y” demand
to the “W1” furnace input during the cooling mode as
described above, the AFE18 won’t allow the furnace to
operate. The outdoor thermostat will have to be replaced to
restore the unit to normal operation.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
COOLING/H P ANALYSIS CHART
Pow er Failure
Blow n Fus e
Unbalanced Pow er, 3PH
Loose Connec tion
Shorted or Broken Wires
Open Fan Ov erload
Faulty Thermos tat
Faulty Transf ormer
Shorted or Open Capacitor
Internal Compres s or Overload Open
Shorted or Grounded Compress or
Compress or Stuc k
Faulty Compress or Contactor
Faulty Fan Relay
Open Control Circ uit
Low V oltage
Faulty Evap. Fan Motor
Shorted or Grounded Fan Motor
Improper Cooling A ntic ipator
Shortage of Ref rigerant
Res tric ted Liquid Line
Open Element or Limit on Elec . Heater
Dirty A ir Filter
Dirty Indoor Coil
Not enough air ac ros s Indoor Coil
Too much air across Indoor Coil
Ov erc harge of Ref rigerant
Dirty Outdoor Coil
Noncondensibles
Rec irc ulation of Condens ing A ir
Inf iltration of Outdoor A ir
Improperly Loc ated Thermos tat
A ir Flow Unbalanc ed
Sy s tem Unders iz ed
Broken Internal Parts
Broken V alves
Inef f ic ient Compress or
Wrong Ty pe Ex pans ion V alv e
Ex pans ion Dev ice Res tric ted
Ov ers iz ed Ex pans ion V alve
Unders ized Ex pansion V alv e
Ex pans ion V alve Bulb Loos e
Inoperativ e Ex pansion V alve
Loose Hold-dow n Bolts
Faulty Rev ers ing V alv e
Faulty Def ros t Control
Faulty Def ros t Thermostat
Flow rator Not Seating Properly
•
•
• •
•
•
•
• • • •
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
♦
♦
• •
♦
•
•
•
• •
• •
♦
•
• •
•
• •
•
• •
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
•
• • •
•
•
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Cooling or He ating Cycle (He at Pum p)
• •
• •
•
•
•
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
•
♦
♦
♦
•
• •
•
•
•
• •
• •
♦
• •
• •
•
•
•
•
•
♦
♦
♦
♦
•
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
• •
♦
♦
♦
See Service Procedure Ref.
High head pressure
High suction pressure
Low head pressure
Te st Me thod
Re m e dy
•
• • •
•
• •
• •
•
Low suction pressure
Unit will not defrost
Unit will not terminate defrost
System runs - blows cold air in heating
Compressor is noisy
Certain areas too cool, others too warm
Not cool enough on warm days
Too cool and then too warm
System runs continuously - little cooling/htg
Compressor cycles on overload
• •
•
• •
•
•
•
Compressor runs - goes off on overload
Condenser fan will not start
Evaporator fan will not start
Comp. and Cond. Fan will not start
Compressor will not start - fan runs
DOTS IN ANALYSIS
GUIDE INDICATE
"P OS SIBLE CAUSE"
SYMPTOM
P OS SIBLE CAUSE
Sys te m
Ope r ating
Pr e s s ur e s
Uns atis factor y
Cooling/He ating
No Cooling
System will not start
Com plaint
Test V oltage
S-1
Ins pec t Fuse Siz e & Ty pe
S-1
Test V oltage
S-1
Ins pec t Connec tion - Tighten
S-2, S-3
Test Circ uits With Ohmmeter
S-2, S-3
Test Continuity of Ov erload
S-17A
Test Continuity of Thermos tat & Wiring
S-3
Chec k Control Circuit w ith V oltmeter
S-4
Test Capacitor
S-15
Test Continuity of Ov erload
S-17A
Test Motor Windings
S-17B
Us e Test Cord
S-17D
Test Continuity of Coil & Contac ts
S-7, S-8
Test Continuity of Coil A nd Contac ts
S-7
Test Control Circ uit w ith V oltmeter
S-4
Test V oltage
S-1
Repair or Replac e
S-16
Test Motor Windings
S-16
Chec k Resis tanc e of A ntic ipator
S-3B
Test For Leaks, A dd Ref rigerant
S-101,103
Remov e Res tric tion, Replac e Restricted Part
S-112
Test Heater Element and Controls
S-26,S-27
Ins pec t Filter-Clean or Replace
Ins pec t Coil - Clean
Chec k Blow er Speed, Duc t Static Pres s, Filter
S-200
Reduc e Blow er Speed
S-200
Recov er Part of Charge
S-113
Ins pec t Coil - Clean
Recov er Charge, Ev ac uate, Recharge
S-114
Remov e Obs truc tion to A ir Flow
Chec k Window s , Doors , V ent Fans , Etc.
Reloc ate Thermostat
Readjust A ir V olume Dampers
Ref igure Cooling Load
Replac e Compres sor
S-115
Test Compres sor Ef f icienc y
S-104
Test Compres sor Ef f icienc y
S-104
Replac e V alv e
S-110
Remov e Res tric tion or Replace Ex pans ion Devic e
S-110
Replac e V alv e
Replac e V alv e
Tighten Bulb Brac ket
S-105
Chec k V alve Operation
S-110
Tighten Bolts
Replac e V alv e or Solenoid
S-21, 122
Test Control
S-24
Test Def rost Thermostat
S-25
Chec k Flow rator & Seat or Replac e Flow rator
S-111
♦ He ating Cycle Only (He at Pum p)
45
SERVICING
S-1
S-2
S-3
S-3A
S-3B
S-3C
S-3D
S-3E
S-4
S-5
S-6
S-7
S-8
S-8A
S-9
S-10
S-11
S-12
S-13
S-15
S-15A
S-15B
S-16A
S-16B
S-16C
S-16D
S-16E
S-16F
S-16G
S-16H
S-17
S-17A
S-17B
S-17C
S-17D
S-17E
S-18
S-21
Checking Voltage .......................................... 47
Checking Wiring ............................................ 47
Checking Thermostat, Wiring & Anticipator .. 47
Thermostat & Wiring ..................................... 47
Cooling Anticipator ........................................ 48
Heating Anticipator ........................................ 48
Checking Encoded Thermostats ................... 48
CTK01AA ComfortNetTM Thermostats ........... 49
Checking Transformer & Control Circuit ....... 54
Checking Cycle Protector ............................. 54
Checking Time Delay Relay .......................... 54
Checking Contactor and/or Relays ................ 55
Checking Contactor Contacts ....................... 55
Checking UC Contactor/Relay Contacts ....... 55
Checking Fan Relay Contact ........................ 56
Copeland Comfort™ Alert Diagnositics ......... 59
Checking Loss of Charge Protector ............... 66
Checking High Pressure Control ................... 66
Checking Low Pressure Control .................... 66
Checking Capacitor ....................................... 66
Resistance Check ......................................... 67
Capacitance Check ....................................... 67
Checking Fan & Blower Motor
Windings (PSC Motors) ............................... 68
Checking Fan & Blower Motor (ECM Motors) 68
Checking ECM Motor Windings .................... 71
ECM CFM Adjustments ................................ 71
Blower Performance Data .............................. 73
Checking GE X13™ Motors .......................... 73
Emerson UltraTechTM ECM Motors ............... 74
AVPTC/MBVC ECM CFM Adjustments ........ 76
Checking Compressor Windings ................... 78
Resistance Test ............................................ 78
Ground Test .................................................. 78
Unloader Test ................................................ 79
Operation Test .............................................. 79
Checking 3-φ Scroll Compressor Rotation .... 80
Testing Crankcase Heater (optional item) ..... 80
Checking Reversing Valve and Solenoid ........ 80
S-52
S-52
S-26
Testing Defrost Control ...................................... 80
Testing Defrost Thermostat ............................... 81
Testing Temp Sensors (ComfortNetTM Ready
Models Only) .................................................... 81
MBR/ARUF Electronic Blower Time Delay
with Single Stage Air Conditioners
& Heat Pumps .................................................. 81
S-40A AVPTC and MBVC Electronic Blower and
Heater Control ................................................... 82
S-50
Checking Heater Limit Control(S) ...................... 96
S-52
Checking Heater Elements ............................... 96
S-60
Electric Heater (optional item) ........................... 96
S-61A Checking Heater Limit Control(S) ...................... 97
S-61B Checking Heater Fuse Line ............................... 97
S-100 Refrigeration Repair Practice ............................. 97
S-101 Leak Testing ..................................................... 98
S-102 Evacuation ........................................................ 98
S-103 Charging ............................................................ 99
S-104 Checking Compressor Efficiency .................... 100
S-105A Piston Chart - ASX13, GSX13, SSX14, VSX13,
ASX14, ASZ13, GSZ13, VSZ13 Units ............. 100
S-105B Thermostatic Expansion Valve ........................ 101
S-106 Overfeeding ..................................................... 101
S-107 Underfeeding ................................................... 101
S-108 Superheat ....................................................... 101
S-109 Checking Subcooling ...................................... 104
S-109A Two Speed Application .................................... 104
S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation ............. 105
S-111 Fixed Orifice Restriction Devices .................... 105
S-112 Checking Restricted Liquid Line ...................... 105
S-113 Refrigerant Overcharge .................................... 105
S-114 Non-condensables .......................................... 105
S-115 Compressor Burnout ....................................... 106
S-120 Refrigerant Piping ............................................ 106
S-202 Duct Static Pressure
& Static Pressure Drop Across Coils .............. 109
S-203 Air Handler External Static ............................. 109
S-204 Coil Static Pressure Drop ............................... 109
S-40
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing or installing. Multiple power sources may be present. Failure to
do so may cause property damage, personal injury or death.
46
SERVICING
S-1 CHECKING VOLTAGE
1. Remove outer case, control panel cover, etc., from unit
being tested.
With power ON:
NOTE: When operating electric heaters on voltages other
than 240 volts, refer to the System Operation section on
electric heaters to calculate temperature rise and air flow.
Low voltage may cause insufficient heating.
S-2 CHECKING WIRING
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
2. Using a voltmeter, measure the voltage across terminals
L1 and L2 of the contactor for the condensing unit or at the
field connections for the air handler or heaters.
ComfortNetTM Ready Condensing Units: Measure the
voltage acrosss the L1 and L2 lugs on the unitary (UC)
control.
3. No reading - indicates open wiring, open fuse(s) no power
or etc., from unit to fused disconnect service. Repair as
needed.
4. With ample voltage at line voltage connectors, energize
the unit.
5. Measure the voltage with the unit starting and operating,
and determine the unit Locked Rotor Voltage. NOTE: If
checking heaters, be sure all heating elements are
energized.
Locked Rotor Voltage is the actual voltage available at
the compressor during starting, locked rotor, or a stalled
condition. Measured voltage should be above minimum
listed in chart below.
To measure Locked Rotor Voltage attach a voltmeter to
the run "R" and common "C" terminals of the compressor,
or to the T1 and T2 terminals of the contactor. Start the unit
and allow the compressor to run for several seconds, then
shut down the unit. Immediately attempt to restart the
unit while measuring the Locked Rotor Voltage.
ComfortNetTM Ready Condensing Units: To measure
the Locked Rotor Voltage, attach a voltmeter to the run
"R" and common "C" terminals of the compressor or
acrosss the "R" and "C" lugs on the unitary (UC) control.
Start the unit and allow the compressor to run for several
seconds, then shut down the unit. Immediately attempt
to restart the unit while measuring the Locked Rotor
Voltage.
6. Locked rotor voltage should read within the voltage tabulation as shown. If the voltage falls below the minimum
voltage, check the line wire size. Long runs of undersized
wire can cause low voltage. If wire size is adequate, notify
the local power company in regard to either low or high
voltage.
UNIT SUPPLY VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
MIN.
MAX.
460
437
506
208/230
198
253
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Check wiring visually for signs of overheating, damaged
insulation and loose connections.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of any suspected
open wires.
3. If any wires must be replaced, replace with comparable
gauge and insulation thickness.
S-3 CHECKING THERMOSTAT, WIRING, AND
ANTICIPATOR
THERMOSTAT WIRE SIZING CHART
LENGTH OF RUN
25 feet
50 feet
75 feet
100 feet
125 feet
150 feet
MIN. COPPER WIRE
GAUGE (AWG)
18
16
14
14
12
12
ComfortNetTM Ready Models
1. Legacy Thermostat Wiring: The maximum wire length for
18 AWG thermostat wire is 100 feet.
2. Communicating Thermostat Wiring: The maximum wire
length for 18 AWG thermostat wire is 100 feet.
S-3A THERMOSTAT AND WIRING
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
With power ON, thermostat calling for cooling
1. Use a voltmeter to check for 24 volts at thermostat wires
C and Y in the condensing unit control panel.
2. No voltage indicates trouble in the thermostat, wiring or
external transformer source.
3. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair
or replace as necessary.
47
SERVICING
should maintain room temperature within 1 1/2 to 2 degree
range.
Indoor Blower Motor
With power ON:
The anticipator is supplied in the thermostat and is not to be
replaced. If the anticipator should fail for any reason, the
thermostat must be changed.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
S-3C HEATING ANTICIPATOR
1. Set fan selector switch at thermostat to "ON" position.
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at wires C and G.
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat or
wiring.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair
or replace as necessary.
The heating anticipator is a wire wound adjustable heater
which is energized during the "ON" cycle to help prevent
overheating of the conditioned space.
The anticipator is a part of the thermostat and if it should fail
for any reason, the thermostat must be replaced. See the
following tables for recommended heater anticipator setting
in accordance to the number of electric heaters installed.
Resistance Heaters
1. Set room thermostat to a higher setting than room
temperature so both stages call for heat.
2. With voltmeter, check for 24 volts at each heater relay.
Note: BBA/BBC heater relays are DC voltage.
3. No voltage indicates the trouble is in the thermostat or
wiring.
4. Check the continuity of the thermostat and wiring. Repair
or replace as necessary.
NOTE: Consideration must be given to how the heaters are
wired (O.D.T. and etc.). Also safety devices must be checked
for continuity.
S-3B COOLING ANTICIPATOR
The cooling anticipator is a small heater (resistor) in the
thermostat. During the "off" cycle, it heats the bimetal
element helping the thermostat call for the next cooling cycle.
This prevents the room temperature from rising too high
before the system is restarted. A properly sized anticipator
S-3D TROUBLESHOOTING ENCODED TWO
STAGE COOLING THERMOSTATS OPTIONS
TROUBLESHOOTING ENCODED TWO STAGE
COOLING THERMOSTATS OPTIONS
The chart below provides troubleshooting for either version of
the encoded thermostat option. This provides diagnostic
information for the GMC CHET18-60 or a conventional two
cool / two stage heat thermostat with IN4005 diodes added
as called out in the above section.
A test lead or jumper wire can be added from the test terminal
to any terminal on the B13682-74 or B13682-71 variable
speed terminal board and provide information through the use
of the LED lights on the B13682-71 VSTB control. Using this
chart, a technician can determine if the proper input signal is
being received by the encoded VSTB control and diagnose
any problems that may be relayed to the output response of
the B13682-74 VSTM control.
T
E
S
T
TEST
INDICATION
INPUT
FROM
THERMOSTAT
POWER
TO
THERMOSTAT
FUNCTION
SIGNAL OUT
SIGNAL FAN
S1 +
LOW SPEED COOL
YCON +
Y1
* S1 - *
* LO SPEED COOL *
* YCON - *
* Y / Y2 HI *
S1 + -
HI SPEED COOL
YCON + -
Y / Y2
S2 +
LO SPEED HEAT
W1 HEATER
W / W1
S2 -
O
ED -
O
S2 + -
LO SPEED HEAT
W1 HEATER
W / W1
HI SPEED HEAT
W2 HEATER
EM / W2
* ERROR CONDITION ( DIODE ON THERMOSTAT BACKWARDS )
SEE NOTE 3
( FUTURE USE )
SEE NOTE 3
S3 +
G
NONE
G
* S3 - *
N/A
N/A
N/A
* ERROR CONDITION ( S3 CAN ONLY READ + )
* S3 + - *
N/A
N/A
N/A
* ERROR CONDITION ( S3 CAN ONLY READ + )
R+-
24 VAC
R TO T'STAT
R
COM
GND
COM TO T'STAT
C1 , C2
NOTES:
1.) THE TEST SPADE CAN BE CONNECTED TO ANY OTHER TEST SPADE ON EITHER BOARD.
2.) THE + LED WILL BE RED AND WILL LIGHT TO INDICATE + HALF CYCLES.
THE - LED WILL BE GREEN AND WILL LIGHT TO INDICATE - HALF CYCLES.
BOTH RED AND GREEN ILLUMINATED WILL INDICATE FULL CYCLES DENOTED BY + - .
3.) SIGNAL OUT CONDITION FOR W1 , W2 HEATER WILL BE AFFECTED BY OT1 PJ4 AND OT2 PJ2
JUMPERS AND OUTDOOR THERMOSTATS ATTACHED. THE TABLE ABOVE ASSUMES OT1 PJ4 IS
REMOVED AND OT2 PJ2 IS MADE WITH NO OUTDOOR THERMOSTATS ATTACHED.
48
SERVICING
S-3E CTK01AA COMFORTNETTM THERMOSTAT
OVERVIEW
The ComfortNet™ system (or CT™ system) is a system that
includes a ComfortNet™ compatible modular blower and air
conditioner or heat pump with a CTK01AA thermostat. Any
other system configurations are considered invalid
ComfortNet™ systems and must be connected as a traditional (or legacy) system. The table below compares the valid
CT™ systems.
FOUR-WIRE INDOOR AND OUTDOOR WIRING
Typical wiring will consist of four wires between the indoor unit
and outdoor unit and between the indoor unit and thermostat.
The required wires are: (a) data lines, 1 and 2; (b) thermostat
“R” (24 VAC hot) and “C” (24 VAC common).
C
1
CT™ compatible Air
Handler or Modular Blower
CT™ compatible Air
Handler or Modular Blower
CT™
compatible
Air Conditioner
CT™
compatible
Heat Pump
2 R
Full CT™ system
benefits &
features
Full CT™ system
benefits &
features
A ComfortNet™ heating/air conditioning system differs from
a legacy/traditional system in the manner in which the indoor
unit, outdoor unit and thermostat interact with one another. In
a traditional system, the thermostat sends commands to the
indoor and outdoor units via analog 24 VAC signals. It is a
one-way communication path in that the indoor and outdoor
units typically do not return information to the thermostat.
On the other hand, the indoor unit, outdoor unit, and thermostat comprising a ComfortNet™ system “communicate” digitally with one another. It is now a two-way communications
path. The thermostat still sends commands to the indoor and
outdoor units. However, the thermostat may also request and
receive information from both the indoor and outdoor units.
This information may be displayed on the CT™ thermostat.
The indoor and outdoor units also interact with one another.
The outdoor unit may send commands to or request information from the indoor unit. This two-way digital communications between the thermostat and subsystems (indoor/outdoor unit) and between subsystems is the key to unlocking
the benefits and features of the ComfortNet™ system.
Two-way digital communications is accomplished using only
two wires. The thermostat and subsystem controls are
powered with 24 VAC Thus, a maximum of 4 wires between
the equipment and thermostat is all that is required to operate
the system.
CTK01AA WIRING
NOTE: A removable plug connector is provided with the
control to make thermostat wire connections. This plug
may be removed, wire connections made to the plug, and
replaced. It is strongly recommended that multiple wires
into a single terminal be twisted together prior to inserting
into the plug connector. Failure to do so may result in
intermittent operation.
Typical 18 AWG thermostat wire may be used to wire the
system components. However, communications reliability
may be improved by using a high quality, shielded, twisted
pair cable for the data transmission lines. In either case, 100
feet is the maximum length of wire between indoor unit and
outdoor unit, or between indoor unit and thermostat.
CTK01AA
Thermostat
1
2
R C
CT™ Compatible
Modular Blower
Integrated Control Module
1
2
R C
CT™ Compatible AC/HP
Integrated Control Module
System Wiring Using Four-Wires
TWO-WIRE OUTDOOR, FOUR-WIRE INDOOR WIRING
Two wires only may be utilized between the indoor and
outdoor units. For this wiring scheme, only the data lines, 1
and 2, are required between the indoor and outdoor units. A
40VA, 208/230 VAC to 24 VAC transformer must be installed
in the outdoor unit to provide 24 VAC power to the outdoor
unit’s electronic control. The transformer is included with the
CTK01AA kit. See kit instructions for mounting and wiring
instructions. Four wires are required between the indoor unit
and thermostat.
1
C
2 R
40VA Transformer (included in
CTK01AA kit)
208/230 VAC
1
2
R C
1
2
R C
CTK01AA
Thermostat
CT™ Compatible
Modular Blower
Integrated Control Module
CT™ Compatible
AC/HP Integrated
Control Module
24 VAC
System Wiring using Two-Wires between Furnace and AC/
HP and Four-Wires between Furnace and Thermostat
C OMFORTN ET™ SYSTEM ADVANCED FEATURES
The ComfortNet™ system permits access to additional
system information, advanced setup features, and advanced
diagnostic/troubleshooting features. These advanced features are organized into a menu structure. The menus are
accessed and navigated as described below.
49
SERVICING
ACCESSING AND NAVIGATING THE ADVANCED FEATURES
MENUS
The advanced system features are accessed using the
ComfortNet™ thermostat. These advanced features are
accessed as follows:
•
On the CT™ thermostat Home Screen Display, touch
the Menu key to display additional key choices.
•
Touch and hold the Installer Config key for approximately 3 seconds to enter the Thermostat Options
Configuration menu.
•
Touch and hold the Installer Config key again for
approximately 3 seconds to enter the Advanced Installer Configuration menu.
Clean Display
Installer
Config
Set Time
Set
Schedule
R un
Sch ed u le
Upon entering the advanced menus, the Advanced Fault
Menu is displayed. The display will change to the Fault
Screen and indicate any faults that may be present in the
indoor or outdoor equipment. If a fault is present, the Fault
Screen will show the equipment and an error code with a
_
description of the fault. Touch or + keys to view the fault
status of any remaining equipment. The text “NO FAULTS”
will be scrolled if no errors are present.
Call for Service
Call for Service
Advanced
Menu
Advanced
Menu
Run
Schedule
Run
Schedule
Touch the
or
to step through the list of installed
equipment, including the thermostat. Touch the Installer
Config key to enter the submenus for the equipment
displayed. The text “WORKING” will be displayed in the
scrolling display area while the data is being retrieved. The
first sub-menu is then displayed. See tables below for listing
of modular blower submenus.
+
_
50
_
+
_
+
Touch the
or
to step through the list of submenus and
_
view settings. If a setting can be adjusted,
and + keys
_
will appear. Use the
or + keys to adjust the setting to
the desired value. Touch the
or
to step to the next
item. “WORKING” will appear as the settings are being
updated. “DONE” will appear to indicate the change was
accepted. If the change is not accepted, the display will show
“FAIL” then revert to the Fault Screen.
Some parameters being displayed switch between the item
name and the item value. Touch the Hold key to momentarily
stop the display from switching.
To exit an equipment submenu and revert back to the
equipment menus, touch the Menu key. Touch Menu again
to revert back to the Thermostat Options Menu. Touch the
Run Schedule key to step out of all menus and back to the
CT™ thermostat Home Screen Display.
SERVICING
AVPTC AND MBVC ADVANCED USER MENUS
CONFIGURATION
Subm e nu Ite m
Indica tion (for Displa y Only; not Use r Modifia ble )
Electric Heat Size (HTR KW )
Displays the size in kW of the selected electric heaters.
Motor HP (1/2, 3/4, or 1 MTR HP)
Displays the indoor blower motor horsepower.
Heat ON Delay (HT ON)
Displays the electric heat indoor blower ON delay.
Heat OFF Delay (HT OFF)
Displays the electric heat indoor blower OFF delay.
DIAGNOSTICS
Submenu Item
Indication/User Modifiable Options
Comments
Fault 1 (FAULT #1)
Most recent fault
For display only
Fault 2 (FAULT #2)
Fault 3 (FAULT #3)
Next most recent fault
Next most recent fault
For display only
For display only
Fault 4 (FAULT #4)
Fault 5 (FAULT #5)
Next most recent fault
Next most recent fault
For display only
For display only
Fault 6 (FAULT #6)
Clear Fault History (CLEAR)
Least recent fault
NO or YES
For display only
Selecting “YES” clears the fault
history
NOTE: Consecutively repeated faults are shown a maximum of 3 times
IDENTIFICATION
Subm e nu Ite m
Indica tion (for Displa y Only; not Use r Modifia ble )
Model Number (MOD NUM)
Displays the model number
Serial Number (SER NUM)
Software (SOFTW ARE)
Displays the serial number (Optional)
Displays the application software revision
SET-UP
Submenu Item
Heat Airflow Trim (HT
TRM)
User Modifiable Options
-10% to +10% in 2% increments,
default is 0%
Comments
Trims the electric heating airflow by the
selected amount.
STATUS
Subm e nu Ite m
Mode (MODE)
Indica tion (for Displa y Only; not Use r Modifia ble )
Displays the current operating mode
CFM (CFM)
Displays the airflow for the current operating mode
51
SERVICING
ASXC/ASZC AND DSXC/DSZC ADVANCED USER MENUS
CONFIGURATION
Submenu Item
Number of AC Stages (CL STG)
Indication (for Display Only; not User Modifiable)
Displays the number of air conditioning stages; applies to AC and
Number of HP Stages (HT STG)
Displays the number of heat pump stages; applies to HP only.
AC Tonnage (TONS)
Displays the air conditioning tonnage; applies to AC and HP.
DIAGNOSTICS
Submenu Item
Indication/User Modifiable Options
Comments
Fault 1 (FAULT #1)
Most recent AC/HP fault
For display only
Fault 2 (FAULT #2)
Fault 3 (FAULT #3)
Next most recent AC/HP fault
Next most recent AC/HP fault
For display only
For display only
Fault 4 (FAULT #4)
Fault 5 (FAULT #5)
Next most recent AC/HP fault
Next most recent AC/HP fault
For display only
For display only
Fault 6 (FAULT #6)
Least recent AC/HP fault
Clear Fault History (CLEAR)
NO or YES
For display only
Selecting “YES” clears the fault
history
NOTE: Consecutively repeated faults are shown a maximum of 3 times
IDENTIFICATION
Submenu Item
Model Number (MOD NUM)
Indication (for Display Only; not User Modifiable)
Displays the air conditioner or heat pump model number
Serial Number (SER NUM)
Software (SOFTWARE)
Displays the air conditioner or heat pump serial number (Optional)
Displays the application software revision
SENSORS
52
Submenu Item
Outdoor Air Temperature
(AIR TMP)
User Modifiable Options
Displays the outdoor air
temperature
Outdoor Coil Temperature
(COIL TMP)
Displays the outdoor coil
temperature
Comments
Sensor may or may not be available on an
air conditioner. Check air conditioner
instructions for details.
Required for heat pump operation.
SERVICING
ASXC/ASZC AND DSXC/DSZC ADVANCED USER MENUS, CONT'D
COOL SET-UP
Submenu Item
Cool Airflow Trim
(CL TRM)
Cool Airflow Profile
(CL PRFL)
Cool ON Delay
(CL ON)
Cool OFF Delay
(CL OFF)
Dehumidification Select
(DEHUM)
User Modifiable Options
-10% to +10% in 2% increments,
default is 0%
A, B, C, or D, default is A
5, 10, 20, or 30 seconds, default is
5 seconds
30, 60, 90, or 120 seconds, default
is 30 seconds
ON or OFF (default is OFF)
Comments
Selects the airflow trim amount; applies to air
conditioner only.
Selects the airflow profile; applies to air
conditioner only.
Selects the indoor blower ON delay; applies
to air conditioner only.
Selects the indoor blower OFF delay; applies
to air conditioner only.
Selecting "OFF" disables dehumidification;
selecting "ON" enables dehumidification;
applies to air conditioner only.
STATUS
Submenu Item
Mode (MODE)
CFM (CFM)
Indication (for Display Only; not User Modifiable)
Displays the current air conditioner operating mode
Displays the airflow for the current operating mode
HEAT SET-UP
Submenu Item
Heat Airflow Trim
(HT TRM)
Heat ON Delay
(HT ON)
Heat OFF Delay
(HT OFF)
Defrost Interval
(DEFROST)
Compressor Delay
(CMP DLY)
User Modifiable Options
-10% to +10% in 2% increments,
default is 0%
5, 10, or 15 seconds, default is 5
seconds
30, 50, 70, or 90 seconds, default
is 30 seconds
30, 60, 90, or 120 minutes, default
is 30 minutes.
0, 5, 15, or 30 seconds, default is 5
seconds
Comments
Selects the airflow trim amount; applies to
heat pump only.
Selects the indoor blower heat ON delay;
applies to heat pump only.
Selects the indoor blower heat OFF delay;
applies to heat pump only.
Selects the time interval between defrosts;
applies to heat pump only.
Selects the compressor off time after a
reversing valve shift; applies to heat pump
only.
53
SERVICING
S-4 CHECKING TRANSFORMER
AND CONTROL CIRCUIT
With power ON:
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
A step-down transformer (208/240 volt primary to 24 volt secondary) is provided with each indoor unit. This allows ample
capacity for use with resistance heaters. The outdoor sections do not contain a transformer (see note below).
NOTE: ComfortNetTM ready condensing units may have an
optional 240VAC to 24VAC transformer installed. This transformer provides 24VAC power to the unitary (UC) control in
some communicating system installation scenarios.
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Remove control panel cover, or etc., to gain access to
transformer.
With power ON:
WARNING
1. Apply 24 VAC to terminals R1 and R2.
2. Should read 24 VAC at terminals Y1 and Y2.
3. Remove 24 VAC at terminals R1 and R2.
4. Should read 0 VAC at Y1 and Y2.
5. Reapply 24 VAC to R1 and R2 - within approximately
three (3) to four (4) minutes should read 24 VAC at Y1 and
Y 2.
If not as above - replace relay.
S-6 CHECKING TIME DELAY RELAY
Time delay relays are used in some of the blower cabinets to
improve efficiency by delaying the blower off time. Time
delays are also used in electric heaters to sequence in
multiple electric heaters.
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Tag and disconnect all wires from male spade connections of relay.
2. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance across
terminals H1 and H2. Should read approximately 150
ohms.
Line Voltage now present.
3. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity across terminals 3 and 1, and 4 and 5.
2. Using a voltmeter, check voltage across secondary voltage side of transformer (R to C).
4. Apply 24 volts to terminals H1 and H2. Check for
continuity across other terminals - should test continuous. If not as above - replace.
3. No voltage indicates faulty transformer, bad wiring, or bad
splices.
4. Check transformer primary voltage at incoming line voltage connections and/or splices.
NOTE: The time delay for the contacts to make will be
approximately 20 to 50 seconds and to open after the coil is
de-energized is approximately 40 to 90 seconds.
5 If line voltage available at primary voltage side of transformer and wiring and splices good, transformer is inoperative. Replace.
S-5 CHECKING CYCLE PROTECTOR
Some models feature a solid state, delay-on make after break
time delay relay installed in the low voltage circuit. This
control is used to prevent short cycling of the compressor
under certain operating conditions.
The component is normally closed (R1 to Y1). A power
interruption will break circuit (R1 to Y1) for approximately three
minutes before resetting.
1. Remove wire from Y1 terminal.
2. Wait for approximately four (4) minutes if machine was
running.
54
OHMMETER
TESTING COIL CIRCUIT
SERVICING
S-7 CHECKING CONTACTOR AND/OR RELAYS
T2
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
The compressor contactor and other relay holding coils are
wired into the low or line voltage circuits. When the control
circuit is energized, the coil pulls in the normally open
contacts or opens the normally closed contacts. When the
coil is de-energized, springs return the contacts to their
normal position.
NOTE: Most single phase contactors break only one side of
the line (L1), leaving 115 volts to ground present at most
internal components.
NOTE: The compressor contactor/relay in ComfortNetTM ready
equipment is fully integrated into the unitary (UC) control.
The compressor contactor/relay coil on the UC control is nonserviceable.
T1
CC
VOLT/OHM
METER
L2
L1
Ohmmeter for testing holding coil
Voltmeter for testing contacts
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR
(Single Phase)
THREE PHASE
Using a voltmeter, test across terminals:
A.
L1-L2, L1-L3, and L2-L3 - If voltage is present,
proceed to B. If voltage is not present, check breaker
or fuses on main power supply..
B.
T1-T2, T1-T3, and T2-T3 - If voltage readings are not
the same as in "A", replace contactor.
1. Remove the leads from the holding coil.
T3
T2
T1
L3
L2
L1
2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the coil terminals.
If the coil does not test continuous, replace the relay or
contactor.
CC
VOLT/OHM
METER
S-8 CHECKING CONTACTOR CONTACTS
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
SINGLE PHASE:
1. Disconnect the wire leads from the terminal (T) side of the
contactor.
2. With power ON, energize the contactor.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
Ohmmeter for testing holding coil
Voltmeter for testing contacts
TESTING COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR
(Three-phase)
S-8A CHECKING UNITARY (UC) CONTROL
COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR/RELAY
CONTACTS
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
3. Using a voltmeter, test across terminals.
A. L2 - T1 - No voltage indicates CC1 contacts open.
If a no voltage reading is obtained - replace the contactor.
1. Connect voltmeter to lugs (L2) and (C).
2. With power ON, provide a call for cool or heat pump to
energize the on-board compressor contactor/relay.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
3. Measure voltage across on-board compressor contactor/
relay contacts.
55
SERVICING
A. No voltage indicates the contacts are closed and the
contactor/relay is functioning properly.
to the connector is dependant upon the type of condenser fan
motor used. See unit wiring diagram for details.
B. A reading of approximately half of the supply voltage
(example: 115VAC for 230VAC) indicates the relay is
open. Replace UC control if relay does not close.
CHECKING RELAY CONTACTS - PSC FAN MOTOR
NOTE: The unitary (UC) control has a built-in short cycle
delay. Ensure short cycle delay has elapsed before making
voltage measurements.
S-9 CHECKING FAN RELAY CONTACTS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect the motor leads from 6-circuit fan motor wire
harness.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
2. Connect a voltmeter between circuit 3 and circuits 2 (low
speed) or 1 (high speed).
NOTE: Circuit 3 is connected directly to L2.
3. Energize the system at low or high stage.
1. Disconnect wire leads from terminals 2 and 4 of Fan
Relay Cooling and 2 and 4, 5 and 6 of Fan Relay Heating.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read
open. Test between 5 and 6 - should read continuous.
3. With power ON, energize the relays.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
3
OHMMETER
5
1
TESTING FAN RELAY
4. Using an ohmmeter, test between 2 and 4 - should read
continuous . Test between 5 and 6 - should read open.
5. If not as above, replace the relay.
FAN RELAY CONTACTS - UNITARY (UC) CONTROL
Applies to ASXC/ASZC and DSXC/DSZC Models
Condenser fan control for the ASXC/ASZC and DSXC/DSZC
models is fully integrated into the UC control. The control
supports one- or two-speed PSC condenser fan motors and
one- or two-speed ECM condenser fan motors.
The fan motor is controlled by two on-board relays. Connection to the fan motor is via a 6-circuit plug connector. Wiring
56
Line Voltage now present.
4. The measured voltage between circuit 3 and circuits 2 or
1 should be approximately 0VAC, which indicates the
relay contacts are closed. A voltage measurement of
approximately 115VAC indicates the relay is open. Replace the control if the relay checks open when it should
be closed. See notes and cautions below.
NOTE: Ensure any ON delays have expired before making
voltage measurements
4
2
WARNING
CAUTION: Prolonged operation with the condenser fan
motor disconnected will cause the high pressure switch to
trip.
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: 3-WIRE COMFORT ALERT™ MODULE
Sta tus LED
Gre e n “POW ER”
Re d “TRIP”
Sta tus LED De scription
Module ha s pow e r
Sta tus LED Trouble shooting Inform a tion
Supply voltage is present at module terminals
Thermostat demand signal
1. Compressor protector is open
Y1 is present, but the
2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
compressor is not
3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
running
4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact
5. Low pressure switch open if present in system
6. Compressor contactor has failed open
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 1
Long Run Tim e
1. Low refrigerant charge
Compressor is
2. Evaporator blower is not running
running extremely
3. Evaporator coil is frozen
long run cycles
4. Faulty metering device
5. Condenser coil is dirty
6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)
7. Thermostat is malfunctioning
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 2
Syste m Pre ssure Trip
Discharge or suction
1. High head pressure
2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)
pressure out of limits or
3. Condenser fan is not running
compressor overloaded
4. Return air duct has substantial leakage
5. If low pressure switch present in system,
check Flash Code 1 information
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 3
Short Cycling
1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittent
Compressor is running
2. Time delay relay or control board defective
only briefly
3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information
4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information
Ye llow “ALERT”
Locke d Rotor
1. Run capacitor has failed
2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
Fla sh Code 4
3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor
4. Compressor bearings are seized
Ye llow “ALERT”
Ope n Circuit
1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
Fla sh Code 5
3. Compressor contactor has failed open
4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset
5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections
6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time
due to extreme ambient temperature
7. Compressor windings are damaged
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 6
Ope n Sta rt Circuit
Current only in run circuit
1. Run capacitor has failed
2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections
3. Compressor start winding is damaged
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 7
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 8
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 9
•
•
•
•
Ope n Run Circuit
Current only in start circuit
W e lde d Conta ctor
Compressor always runs
Low Volta ge
Control circuit < 17VAC
1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections
2. Compressor run winding is damaged
1. Compressor contactor has failed closed
2. Thermostat demand signal not connected to module
1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded
2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
Flash Code number corresponds to a number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated
TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at same time means control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
Reset ALERT Flash code by removing 24VAC power from module
Last ALERT Flash code is displayed for 1 minute after module is powered on.
57
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS TABLE: 2-WIRE COMFORT ALERT™ MODULE
Sta tus LED
Gre e n “POW ER”
Re d “TRIP”
Sta tus LED De scription
Module ha s pow e r
Sta tus LED Trouble shooting Inform a tion
Supply voltage is present at module terminals
Thermostat demand signal
1. Compressor protector is open
Y1 is present, but the
2. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
compressor is not
3. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
running
4. Broken wire or connector is not making contact
5. Low pressure switch open if present in system
6. Compressor contactor has failed open
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 1
Long Run Tim e
1. Low refrigerant charge
Compressor is
2. Evaporator blower is not running
running extremely
3. Evaporator coil is frozen
long run cycles
4. Faulty metering device
5. Condenser coil is dirty
6. Liquid line restriction (filter drier blocked if present in system)
7. Thermostat is malfunctioning
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 2
Syste m Pre ssure Trip
Discharge or suction
1. High head pressure
2. Condenser coil poor air circulation (dirty, blocked, damaged)
pressure out of limits or
3. Condenser fan is not running
compressor overloaded
4. Return air duct has substantial leakage
5. If low pressure switch present in system,
check Flash Code 1 information
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 3
Short Cycling
1. Thermostat demand signal is intermittent
Compressor is running
2. Time delay relay or control board defective
only briefly
3. If high pressure switch present go to Flash Code 2 information
4. If low pressure switch present go to Flash Code 1 information
Ye llow “ALERT”
Locke d Rotor
1. Run capacitor has failed
2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
Fla sh Code 4
3. Excessive liquid refrigerant in compressor
4. Compressor bearings are seized
Ye llow “ALERT”
Ope n Circuit
1. Outdoor unit power disconnect is open
2. Compressor circuit breaker or fuse(s) is open
Fla sh Code 5
3. Compressor contactor has failed open
4. High pressure switch is open and requires manual reset
5. Open circuit in compressor supply wiring or connections
6. Unusually long compressor protector reset time
due to extreme ambient temperature
7. Compressor windings are damaged
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 6
Ope n Sta rt Circuit
Current only in run circuit
1. Run capacitor has failed
2. Open circuit in compressor start wiring or connections
3. Compressor start winding is damaged
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 7
Ye llow “ALERT”
Fla sh Code 9
•
•
•
Ope n Run Circuit
Current only in start circuit
Low Volta ge
Control circuit < 17VAC
1. Open circuit in compressor run wiring or connections
2. Compressor run winding is damaged
1. Control circuit transformer is overloaded
2. Low line voltage (contact utility if voltage at disconnect is low)
Flash Code number corresponds to a number of LED flashes, followed by a pause and then repeated
TRIP and ALERT LEDs flashing at same time means control circuit voltage is too low for operation.
Last ALERT Flash code is displayed for 1 minute after module is powered on.
58
SERVICING
CHECKING RELAY CONTACTS - ECM FAN MOTOR
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect the motor leads from 6-circuit fan motor wire
harness.
defects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an
LED indicator flashes the proper alert codes to help you
quickly pinpoint the problem. See Diagnostic Table: 3-Wire
Comfort Alert™ Module on previous page.)
Bold line shows field
installed wiring
CC
Dashed line shows thermostat
demand wiring in system without
HTCO, HPCO, CPCO, and ECB
Comfort Alert
Diagnostics Module
Y
C
R
ECB
HTCO
3. Energize the system at low or high stage.
HPCO
LOGIC
2. Connect a voltmeter between circuit 6 and circuits 3 (low
speed) or 1 (high speed).
NOTE: Circuit 6 is connected directly to 24VAC.
LPCO
R
C
Y1
Schematic Abbreviation Descriptions
HTCO High Temperature Cut Out Switch
HPCO High Pressure Cut Out Switch
LPCO Low Pressure Cut Out Switch
CC
ECB
Compressor Contactor
Electronic Control Board
(Defrost or Time Delay)
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
Wiring Schematic - 3-Wire Comfort Alert™ Module
4. The measured voltage between circuit 6 and circuits 3 or
1 should be approximately 0VAC, which indicates the
relay contacts are closed. A voltage measurement of
approximately 24VAC indicates the relay is open. Replace the control if the relay checks open when it should
be closed. See notes and cautions below.
5. Circuit 5 is connected to 24VAC common. The measured
voltage between circuits 6 and 5 should be 24VAC.
NOTE: Ensure any ON delays have expired before making
voltage measurements
CAUTION: Prolonged operation with the condenser fan
motor disconnected will cause the high pressure switch to
trip.
S-10 COPELAND COMFORT ALERT™
DIAGNOSTICS - 3-WIRE MODULE
Applies to ASX /ASZ and DSX/DSZ units
Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required external
sensors and is designed to install directly into the electrical
box of any residential condensing unit that has a Copeland
Scroll™ compressor inside.
Once attached, Comfort Alert™ provides around-the-clock
monitoring for common electrical problems, compressor
59
SERVICING
DIAGNOSTICS - 2-WIRE MODULE
Applies to ASX130[18-60]CA, ASX140[18-36]1CA,
ASX140421DA, and ASX140[48-60]1BA units
Comfort Alert™ is self-contained with no required external
sensors and is designed to install directly into the electrical
box of any residential condensing unit that has a Copeland
Scroll™ compressor inside.
Once attached, Comfort Alert™ provides around-the-clock
monitoring for common electrical problems, compressor
defects and broad system faults. If a glitch is detected, an
LED indicator flashes the proper alert codes to help you
quickly pinpoint the problem. See Diagnostic Table: 2-Wire
Comfort Alert™ Module on previous page.)
NOTE: The 2-wire Comfort Alert™ module does not provide
a diagnostic code 8, Welded Contactor. Additionally, the
2-wire module does not require a manual reset to clear
alert codes.
Bold line shows field
installed wiring
CC
Dashed line shows thermostat
demand wiring in system without
HTCO, HPCO, CPCO, and ECB
Comfort Alert
Diagnostics Module
Y
C
ECB
HTCO
LPCO
C
Y1
Schematic Abbreviation Descriptions
HTCO High Temperature Cut Out Switch
HPCO High Pressure Cut Out Switch
LPCO Low Pressure Cut Out Switch
CC
ECB
Compressor Contactor
Electronic Control Board
(Defrost or Time Delay)
Wiring Schematic - 2-Wire Comfort Alert™ Module
60
Applies to ASXC, ASZC, DSXC, and DSZC models
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
HPCO
LOGIC
R
COPELAND COMFORT ALERTTM - UNITARY (UC) CONTROL DIAGNOSTICS
The Copeland Comfort AlertTM diagnostics are fully integrated
into the unitary (UC) control. The UC control and integraged
Comfort Alert™ diagnostics provide around-the-clock monitoring for common electrical problems, compressor defects
and broad system faults. If a problem is detected, LED
indicators flash the proper alert codes to help you quickly
pinpoint the problem.
The diagnostic tables on following pages provide detailed
information regarding the system symptons, indicators (LED
and thermostat), potential problem(s), and corrective actions. The diagnostic information applies to systems wired
as 24VAC traditional (legacy) systems and systems wired as
communicating systems with the CTK01AA communicating
thermostat.
ON
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Low pressure switch trip 3 times within
same thermostat demand.
• Thermostat demand is present.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
ON
Green
OFF
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Thermostat demand is present.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• Very long run time.
• Four consecutive compressor protector
trips with average run time between
trips greater than 3 hours.
• Compressor operating at high speed
and outdoor fan operating at low speed
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation
(Legacy & ComfortNet™ Thermostat)
1 Flash
1 Flash
Yellow
1 Flash
ON
OFF
Red
OFF
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Red Y1
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Diagnostic/Status LED Codes
LPS OPEN
LPS
LOCKOUT
• LPCO Lockout
(3 Trips).
Message
LOW SIDE
FAULT
01
01
Code
01
Thermostat Only
ComfortNet™
• Low Pressure
CO Trip.
• Low Side Fault.
Fault
Description
• Low refrigerant charge.
• Restriction in liquid line.
• Indoor blower motor
failure.
• Indoor thermostat set
extremely low.
• Low refrigerant charge.
• Restriction in liquid line.
• Indoor blower motor
failure.
• Indoor thermostat set
extremely low.
• Low refrigerant charge.
• Restriction in liquid line.
• Indoor blower motor
failure.
• Indoor thermostat set
extremely low.
Possible Causes
• Verify refrigerant
charge; adjust as
needed.
• Check for restricted
liquid line;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check indoor blower
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check indoor
thermostat setting.
• Verify refrigerant
charge; adjust as
needed.
• Check for restricted
liquid line;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check indoor blower
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check low pressure
switch; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check indoor
thermostat setting.
• Verify refrigerant
charge; adjust as
needed.
• Check for restricted
liquid line;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check indoor blower
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check low pressure
switch; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check indoor
thermostat setting.
Corrective Actions
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Must clear fault by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 30
consecutive normal
cycles.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
Notes & Cautions
SERVICING
61
62
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Low pressure switch trip 3 times within
same thermostat demand.
• Thermostat demand is present.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
• Run time for last 4 cycles is less than 3
minutes each.
• Compressor protector has not tripped.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Thermostat demand is present.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• Four consecutive compressor protector
trips with average run time between
trips greater than 1 minute and less than
15 minutes.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation
(Legacy & ComfortNet™ Thermostat)
2
Flashes
3
Flashes
OFF
2
Flashes
Yellow
2
Flashes
ON
ON
Green
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
Red
OFF
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Red Y1
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Diagnostic/Status LED Codes
• Short Cycling
• HPCO Lockout
(3 Trips)
• High Pressure
CO Trip
• High Side Fault
Fault
Description
ComfortNet™
CMPR SHRT
CYCLE
HPS
LOCKOUT
HPS OPEN
Message
HIGH SIDE
FAULT
03
02
02
Code
02
Thermostat Only
• Intermittent thermostat
demand.
• Faulty compressor relay.
• Blocked condenser coil.
• Outdoor fan not running.
• Blocked condenser coil.
• Outdoor fan not running.
• Blocked condenser coil.
• Outdoor fan not running.
Possible Causes
• Check and clean
condenser coil.
• Check outdoor fan
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Check and clean
condenser coil.
• Check outdoor fan
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Check thermostat and
thermostat wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check compressor
relay operation;
replace control as
needed.
• Check and clean
condenser coil.
• Check outdoor fan
motor; repair/replace
as needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check outdoor fan
motor capacitor;
replace as needed.
Corrective Actions
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 4
consecutive normal
cycles.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Must clear fault by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 4
consecutive normal
cycles.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
Notes & Cautions
SERVICING
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Compressor protector trips four
consecutive times.
• Average run time between trips is less
than 15 seconds.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off for
greater than 4 hours.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Open start circuit has been detected 4
times with 5 minute delay between each
detection.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation
(Legacy & ComfortNet™ Thermostat)
Yellow
4
Flashes
5
Flashes
6
Flashes
6
Flashes
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Red
ON
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Red Y1
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Diagnostic/Status LED Codes
• Open Start
Circuit Lockout
• Open Start
Circuit
• Open Circuit
• Locked Rotor
Fault
Description
ComfortNet™
OPEN START
LOCK
OPEN START
OPEN
CIRCUIT
Message
LOCKED
ROTOR
06
06
05
Code
04
Thermostat Only
• Compressor start winding
is open.
• Failed compressor run
capacitor.
• Faulty run capacitor
wiring.
• Compressor not properly
wired to control.
• Faulty compressor wiring.
• Compressor start winding
is open.
• Failed compressor run
capacitor.
• Faulty run capacitor
wiring.
• Compressor not properly
wired to control.
• Faulty compressor wiring.
• Power is disconnected.
• Failed compressor
protector.
• Compressor not properly
wired to control.
• Compressor bearings are
seized.
• Failed compressor run
capacitor.
• Faulty run capacitor
wiring.
• Low line voltage.
Possible Causes
• Check compressor;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check run capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Check wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check compressor;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check run capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Check wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check compressor
operation;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check run capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Check wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Verify line voltage is
within range on rating
plate; contact local
utility is out of range.
• Check circuit breakers
and fuses.
• Check wiring to unit;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check compressor;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check compressor
wiring; repair/replace
as needed.
Corrective Actions
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Must clear fault by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 1
normal cycle.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 1
normal cycle.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Must clear fault by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
Notes & Cautions
SERVICING
63
64
• Air conditioner/heat pump may appear
to be operating normally.
• Compressor protector may be open
(compressor and outdoor fan off).
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
• Compressor and outdoor fan are off.
• Low pressure and high pressure
switches are closed.
• Open run circuit has been detected 4
times with 5 minute delay between each
detection.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat “Call for
Service” icon illuminated.
• ComfortNet™ thermostat scrolls
“Check Air Conditioner” or “Check
Heat Pump” message.
• Air conditioner/heat pump may appear
to be operating normally.
• Compressor protector may be open
(compressor and outdoor fan off).
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation
(Legacy & ComfortNet™ Thermostat)
8
Flashes
OFF
8
Flashes
7
Flashes
OFF
ON
Yellow
7
Flashes
Green
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Red
OFF
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Red Y1
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Diagnostic/Status LED Codes
ComfortNet™
HIGH LINE
VOLT
LOW LINE
VOLT
• Low Line
Voltage
• High Line
Voltage
OPEN RUN
LOCK
Message
OPEN RUN
08
08
07
Code
07
Thermostat Only
• Open Run
Circuit Lockout
• Open Run
Circuit
Fault
Description
• High line voltage.
• Low line voltage.
• Compressor run winding is
open.
• Compressor not properly
wired to control.
• Faulty compressor wiring.
• Compressor run winding is
open.
• Compressor not properly
wired to control.
• Faulty compressor wiring.
Possible Causes
• Check circuit breakers
and fuses.
• Verify unit is
connected to power
supply as specified on
rating plate.
• Correct low line
voltage condition;
contact local utility if
needed.
• Correct high line
voltage condition;
contact local utility if
needed.
• Verify unit is
connected to power
supply as specified on
rating plate.
• Correct low line
voltage condition;
contact local utility if
needed.
• Check compressor;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check compressor;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
Corrective Actions
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Control detects line
voltage greater than 255
VAC.
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Control detects line
voltage less than 185
VAC.
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Must clear fault by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
• Turn power OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 1
normal cycle.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace with correct
replacement part(s).
Notes & Cautions
SERVICING
• Compressor is off.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
• Air conditioner/heat pump may appear
tobe operating normally.
• Integrated control module
diagnostic/status LED’s display the
indicated code.
Symptoms of Abnormal Operation
(Legacy & ComfortNet™Thermostat)
OFF
Green
OFF
ON
Yellow
9
Flashes
ON
Red
OFF
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Red Y1
ON if call
present;
OFF if no
call
Diagnostic/Status LED Codes
• CompProtector
Open
• Low Pilot
Voltage
Fault
Description
Not displayed
Message
LOW
SECOND
VOLT
Not
displayed
Code
09
Thermostat Only
ComfortNet™
• No current through runor
start windings.
• Compressor run winding
is open.
• Compressor not properly
wired to control.
• Faultycompressor wiring.
• Failed compressor run
capacitor.
• Faultyruncapacitor
wiring.
• Control detects secondary
voltage less than 18 VAC.
• Transformer overloaded.
• Low line voltage.
Possible Causes
• Check compressor;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check wiring;
repair/replace as
needed.
• Check run capacitor;
replace as needed.
• Check fuse.
• Correct lowsecondary
voltage condition.
• Check transformer;
replace if needed.
Corrective Actions
• Turnpower OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear if
secondary voltage rises
above 21VAC.
• Replace withcorrect
replacement part(s).
• Turnpower OFF prior
to repair.
• Fault will clear after 1
normal cycle.
• Fault may be cleared by
cycling 24VAC to
control.
• Replace withcorrect
replacement part(s).
Notes & Cautions
SERVICING
65
SERVICING
S-11 CHECKING LOSS OF CHARGE PROTECTOR
S-13 CHECKING LOW PRESSURE CONTROL
(Heat Pump Models)
The low pressure control senses the pressure in the suction
line and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. The low
pressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise in
pressure.
The loss of charge protector senses the pressure in the liquid
line and will open its contacts on a drop in pressure. The low
pressure control will automatically reset itself with a rise in
pressure.
The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) at
approximately 21 PSIG. It will automatically cut-in (close) at
approximately 50 PSIG.Test for continuity using a VOM and
if not as above, replace the control.
S-12 CHECKING HIGH PRESSURE CONTROL
The low pressure control is designed to cut-out (open) at
approximately 21 PSIG. It will automatically cut-in (close) at
approximately 50 PSIG.
Test for continuity using a VOM and if not as above, replace
the control.
S-15 CHECKING CAPACITOR
CAPACITOR, RUN
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
The high pressure control capillary senses the pressure in the
compressor discharge line. If abnormally high condensing
pressures develop, the contacts of the control open, breaking
the control circuit before the compressor motor overloads.
This control is automatically reset.
1. Using an ohmmeter, check across terminals of high
pressure control, with wire removed. If not continuous,
the contacts are open.
3. Attach a gauge to the dill valve port on the base valve.
With power ON:
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
4. Start the system and place a piece of cardboard in front
of the condenser coil, raising the condensing pressure.
5. Check pressure at which the high pressure control cutsout.If it cuts-out at 610 PSIG ± 10 PSIG, it is operating
normally (See causes for high head pressure in Service
Problem Analysis Guide). If it cuts out below this
pressure range, replace the control.
A run capacitor is wired across the auxiliary and main
windings of a single phase permanent split capacitor motor.
The capacitors primary function is to reduce the line current
while greatly improving the torque characteristics of a motor.
This is accomplished by using the 90° phase relationship
between the capacitor current and voltage in conjunction with
the motor windings, so that the motor will give two phase
operation when connected to a single phase circuit. The
capacitor also reduces the line current to the motor by
improving the power factor.
The line side of this capacitor is marked with "COM" and is
wired to the line side of the circuit.
CAPACITOR, START
SCROLL COMPRESSOR MODELS
In most cases hard start components are not required on
Scroll compressor equipped units due to a non-replaceable
check valve located in the discharge line of the compressor.
However, in installations that encounter low lock rotor voltage, a hard start kit can improve starting characteristics and
reduce light dimming within the home. Only hard start kits
approved by Amana® brand or Copeland should be used.
"Kick Start" and/or "Super Boost" kits are not approved start
assist devices.
The discharge check valve closes off high side pressure to the
compressor after shut down allowing equalization through the
scroll flanks. Equalization requires only about ½ second.
To prevent the compressor from short cycling, a Time Delay
Relay (Cycle Protector) has been added to the low voltage
circuit.
RELAY, START
A potential or voltage type relay is used to take the start
capacitor out of the circuit once the motor comes up to speed.
This type of relay is position sensitive. The normally closed
contacts are wired in series with the start capacitor and the
relay holding coil is wired parallel with the start winding. As
the motor starts and comes up to speed, the increase in
voltage across the start winding will energize the start relay
holding coil and open the contacts to the start capacitor.
66
SERVICING
Two quick ways to test a capacitor are a resistance and a
capacitance check.
START
CAPACITOR
A. Good Condition - indicator swings to zero and slowly
returns to infinity. (Start capacitor with bleed resistor will
not return to infinity. It will still read the resistance of the
resistor).
B. Shorted - indicator swings to zero and stops there replace.
C. Open - no reading - replace. (Start capacitor would
read resistor resistance.)
RED 10
VIOLET 20
S-15B CAPACITANCE CHECK
YELLOW 12
Using a hookup as shown below, take the amperage and
voltage readings and use them in the formula:
START
RELAY
ORANGE 5
COM
HERM
FAN
Capacitance (MFD) = 2650 X Amperage
Voltage
T2 T1
L2 L1
RUN
CAPACITOR
CONTACTOR
HARD START KIT WIRING
WARNING
Discharge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHM
resistor before handling.
S-15A RESISTANCE CHECK
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
VOLTMETER
15 AMP
FUSE
1. Discharge capacitor and remove wire leads.
WARNING
AMMETER
Discharge capacitor through a 20 to 30 OHM
resistor before handling.
CAPACITOR
TESTING CAPACITANCE
OHMMETER
CAPACITOR
TESTING CAPACITOR RESISTANCE
2. Set an ohmmeter on its highest ohm scale and connect
the leads to the capacitor -
67
SERVICING
S-16A CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR
WINDINGS (PSC MOTORS)
7. Check for signal (24 volts) from the thermostat to the "G"
terminal at the 16-pin connector.
The auto reset fan motor overload is designed to protect the
motor against high temperature and high amperage conditions by breaking the common circuit within the motor, similar
to the compressor internal overload. However, heat generated within the motor is faster to dissipate than the compressor, allow at least 45 minutes for the overload to reset, then
retest.
8. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity from the #1 & #3
(common pins) to the transformer neutral or "C" thermostat terminal. If you do not have continuity, the motor may
function erratically. Trace the common circuits, locate
and repair the open neutral.
9. Set the thermostat to "Fan-On". Using a voltmeter, check
for 24 volts between pin # 15 (G) and common.
10.
Disconnect power to compressor. Set thermostat to
call for cooling. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts at pin
# 6 and/or #14.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
11.
Set the thermostat to a call for heating. Using a
voltmeter, check for 24 volts at pin #2 and/or #11.
1
}
Lines 1 and 2 will be connected
for 12OVAC Power Connector
applications only
1. Remove the motor leads from its respective connection
points and capacitor (if applicable).
2
2. Check the continuity between each of the motor leads.
3
Gnd
3. Touch one probe of the ohmmeter to the motor frame
(ground) and the other probe in turn to each lead.
4
AC Line Connection
5
AC Line Connection
If the windings do not test continuous or a reading is obtained
from lead to ground, replace the motor.
S-16B CHECKING FAN AND BLOWER MOTOR
(ECM MOTORS)
An ECM is an Electronically Commutated Motor which offers
many significant advantages over PSC motors. The ECM has
near zero rotor loss, synchronous machine operation, variable speed, low noise, and programmable air flow. Because
of the sophisticated electronics within the ECM motor, some
technicians are intimated by the ECM motor; however, these
fears are unfounded. GE offers two ECM motor testers, and
with a VOM meter, one can easily perform basic troubleshooting on ECM motors. An ECM motor requires power (line
voltage) and a signal (24 volts) to operate. The ECM motor
stator contains permanent magnet. As a result, the shaft
feels "rough" when turned by hand. This is a characteristic of
the motor, not an indication of defective bearings.
OUT -
8
16
OUT +
ADJUST +/-
7
15
G (FAN)
Y1
6
14
Y/Y2
COOL
5
13
EM Ht/W2
DELAY
4
12
24 Vac (R)
COMMON2
3
11
HEAT
W/W1
2
10
BK/PWM (SPEED)
COMMON1
1
9
O (REV VALVE)
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
16-PIN ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect the 5-pin connector from the motor.
2. Using a volt meter, check for line voltage at terminals #4
& #5 at the power connector. If no voltage is present:
3. Check the unit for incoming power See section S-1.
4. Check the control board, See section S-40.
5. If line voltage is present, reinsert the 5-pin connector and
remove the 16-pin connector.
6. Check for signal (24 volts) at the transformer.
68
If you do not read voltage and continuity as described, the
problem is in the control or interface board, but not the motor.
If you register voltage as described , the ECM power head is
defective and must be replaced.
- Check line voltage f or variation or "sag".
- Check low v oltage c onnec tions
(G, Y , W, R, C) at
motor, uns eated pins in motor
harnes s connectors.
- Check-out sys tem controls - Thermostat.
- Perf orm Mois ture Chec k.*
- Does removing panel or f ilter
reduce "puf f ing"?
- Check/replac e f ilter.
- Check/correct duc t res trictions .
- A djust to c orrect blow er s peed setting.
- Incorrec t or dirty f ilter(s).
- Incorrec t supply or return ductw ork.
- Incorrec t blow er s peed setting.
- V aries up and dow n
or intermittent.
- "Hunts" or "puf f s" at
high CFM (s peed).
----
- V ariation in 230 V ac to motor.
- Unseated pins in w iring harness
connectors.
- Erratic CFM command f rom
"BK" terminal.
- Improper thermostat connec tion or s etting.
- Mois ture present in motor/control module.
----
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
----
- Motor rocks ,
but w on't start.
- It is normal f or motor to
os cillate w ith
no load on s haf t.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes af ter
disc onnecting pow er bef ore
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control w ith care.
- Check f or loos e motor mount.
- Make s ure blow er w heel is tight on s haf t.
- Perf orm motor/control replac ement check,
ECM motors only .
- Loose motor mount.
- Blow er w heel not tight on motor shaf t.
- Bad motor/c ontrol module.
CHART CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
*Moisture Check
- Connectors are oriented "down" (or as recommended by equipment manufacturer).
- Arrange harnesses with "drip loop" under motor.
- Check for low airflow (too much latent capacity).
- Is condensate drain plugged?
- Check and plug leaks in return ducts, cabinet.
- Check for undercharged condition.
Note: You must use the correct replacement control/motor module since they are factory programmed for specific operating modes. Even though they look alike, different modules may have completely different
functionality. The ECM variable speed motors are c
Important Note: Using the wrong motor/control module voids all product warranties and may produce unexpected results.
- Motor starts ,
but runs
erratic ally.
- Motor
os cillates up &
dow n w hile
being tested
of f of blow er.
- Motor w on't
start.
----
- No movement.
----
Cautions and Note s
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes af ter
disc onnecting pow er bef ore
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/control w ith care.
----
Cor re ctive Action
- Check 230 V ac pow er at motor.
- Check low v oltage (24 V ac R to C) at motor.
- Check low v oltage c onnec tions
(G, Y , W, R, C) at motor.
- Check f or unseated pins in c onnec tors
on motor harness.
- Test w ith a temporary jumper betw een R - G.
-
- This is normal start-up f or
v ariable s peed motor.
Pos s ible Caus e s
- Manual dis connec t s w itch of f or
door s w itc h open.
- Blow n f us e or c irc uit breaker.
- 24 V ac w ires misw ired.
- Unseated pins in w iring
harness connec tors .
- Bad motor/c ontrol module.
- Mois ture present in motor or control module.
Fault De s cr iption(s )
Sym ptom
- Motor rocks
slightly
w hen starting.
Troubleshooting Chart for GE/Regal-Beloit ECM Variable Speed Air Circulator Blower Motors
SERVICING
69
70
- Chec k/replac e f ilter.
- Chec k/correc t duct restric tions.
- A djust to correct blow er speed setting.
- Current leakage f rom controls
into G, Y , or W.
-
- Blow er w on't s hut of f .
- A ir noise.
- Motor f ailure or
malf unction has
occurred and moisture
is present.
- Replac e motor and perf orm
Moisture Check.*
- Mois ture in motor/c ontrol module.
- "Hunts" or "puf f s" at
high CFM (s peed).
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes af ter
disc onnec ting pow er bef ore
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/c ontrol
w ith c are.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Does removing panel or f ilter
reduce "puf f ing"?
- Chec k/replac e f ilter.
- Chec k/correc t duct restric tions.
- A djust to correct blow er speed setting.
-
- Noisy blow er or c abinet.
High static creating high blow er speed.
Inc orrect or dirty f ilter(s ).
Inc orrect s upply or return duc tw ork.
Inc orrect blow er speed s etting.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Chec k f or loose blow er housing,
panels, etc.
- Chec k f or air w histling thru seams in
ducts , cabinets or panels.
- Chec k f or c abinet/duc t def ormation.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
- Loos e blow er hous ing, panels, etc.
- High static creating high blow er
speed.
- A ir leaks in duc tw ork, c abinets,
or panels .
High static creating high blow er speed.
Inc orrect s upply or return duc tw ork.
Inc orrect or dirty f ilter(s ).
Inc orrect blow er speed s etting.
- Chec k f or Triac s w itc hed t's tat
or solid s tate relay.
- "R" mis sing/not c onnec ted at motor.
- Fan in delay mode.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes af ter
disc onnec ting pow er bef ore
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/c ontrol
w ith c are.
- Turn pow er OFF prior to repair.
Wait 5 minutes af ter
disc onnec ting pow er bef ore
opening motor.
- Handle electronic motor/c ontrol
w ith c are.
- Chec k low voltage (Thermostat)
w ires and connections.
- V erif y f an is not in delay mode w ait until delay complete.
- Perf orm motor/control replacement
c hec k, ECM motors only .
- Stays at high CFM.
- 24 V ac w ires misw ired or loose.
- "R" mis sing/not c onnec ted at motor.
- Fan in delay mode.
Cautions and Note s
Corr e ctive Action
- Is f an in delay mode? - w ait until delay time
c omplete.
- Perf orm motor/control replacement c hec k, ECM
motors only .
- Stays at low CFM des pite
s ystem c all f or cool
or heat CFM.
Pos s ible Caus e s
Troubleshooting Chart for GE/Regal-Beloit ECM Variable Speed Air Circulator Blower Motors
Fault De s cr iption(s )
*Moisture Check
- Connectors are oriented "down" (or as recommended by equipment manufacturer).
- Arrange harnesses with "drip loop" under motor.
- Check for low airflow (too much latent capacity).
- Is condensate drain plugged?
- Check and plug leaks in return ducts, cabinet.
- Check for undercharged condition.
Note: You must use the correct replacement control/motor module since they are factory programmed for specific operating modes. Even though they look alike, different modules may have completely different
functionality. The ECM variable speed motors are c
Important Note: Using the wrong motor/control module voids all product warranties and may produce unexpected results.
- Ev idence of
Mois ture.
- Ex ces sive
nois e.
- Motor starts,
but runs
erratic ally.
Sym ptom
CHART CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE.
SERVICING
SERVICING
S-16C CHECKING ECM MOTOR WINDINGS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect the 5-pin and the 16-pin connectors from the
ECM power head.
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the ECM power head and
separate it from the motor.
3. Disconnect the 3-pin motor connector from the power
head and lay it aside.
4. Using an ohmmeter, check the motor windings for
continuity to ground (pins to motor shell). If the ohmmeter
indicates continuity to ground, the motor is defective and
must be replaced.
5. Using an ohmmeter, check the windings for continuity
(pin to pin). If no continuity is indicated, the thermal limit
(over load) device may be open. Allow motor to cool and
retest.
motor. This motor provides many features not available on
the traditional PSC motor. These features include:
•
•
•
•
Improved Efficiency
Constant CFM
Soft Start and Stop
Improved Humidity Control
MOTOR SPEED ADJUSTMENT
Each ECM™ blower motor has been preprogrammed for
operation at 4 distinct airflow levels when operating in
Cooling/Heat Pump mode or Electric Heat mode. These 4
distinct levels may also be adjusted slightly lower or higher
if desired. The adjustment between levels and the trim
adjustments are made by changing the dipswitch(s) either to
an "OFF" or "ON" position.
DIPSWITCH FUNCTIONS
The MBE / AEPF air handler motors have an electronic
control that contains an eight (8) position dip switch. The
function of these dipswitches are shown in Table 1.
Dipsw itch Num ber
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-pin motor
connector
Function
Electric Heat
N/A
Indoor Therm ostat
Cooling & Heat Pum p CFM
CFM Trim Adjust
Table 1
CFM DELIVERY
Tables 2, 3, 5 and 6 show the CFM output for dipswitch
combinations 1-2, and 5-6.
16-pin
connector
Electric Heat Operation
Model
5-pin
connector
MBE1200
This section references the operation characteristics of the
MBE/AEPF models motor only. The ECM control board is
factory set with the dipswitch #4 in the “ON” position and all
other dipswitches are factory set in the “OFF” position. When
MBE/AEPF are used with 2-stage cooling units, dipswitch
#4 should be in the "OFF" position.
For most applications, the settings are to be changed
according to the electric heat size and the outdoor unit
selection.
Switch 2
CFM
OFF
OFF
OFF
1,200
1,000
800
600
1,600
1,400
1,200
1,000
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,200
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
S-16D ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS MBE / AEPF
MBE MOTOR
Switch 1
MBE1600
MBE2000
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Table 2
The MBE/AEPF products use a General Electric ECMTM
71
SERVICING
AEPF DIPSWITCH FUNCTIONS
Cooling/Heat Pump Operation
Model
Switch 5
Switch 6
CFM
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
1,200
1,000
800
600
1,600
1,400
1,200
1,000
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,200
MBE1200
MBE1600
MBE2000
Table 3
Dipswitch 1/2 & 7/8
AEPF 1830
Heating
Element
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
(kw)
1
7
UP TO 10
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
1100
1210
UP TO 10
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
890
935
5
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
700
770
2
Emergency Heat Pump
Backup
With Backup
8
AEPF3036 / 3137 / 4260
Heating
Element
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
Emergency Heat Pump
With Backup
Backup
(kw)
1
2
7
8
UP TO 20
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
2050
2150
UP TO 20
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
1750
1835
UP TO 15
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
1600
1680
UP TO 10
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
1200
1260
UP TO 10
ON
ON
OFF
ON
1020
1070
THERMOSTAT “FAN ONLY” MODE
During Fan Only Operations, the CFM output is 30% of the
cooling setting.
CFM TRIM ADJUST
Minor adjustments can be made through the dip switch
combination of 7-8. Table 4 shows the switch position for
this feature.
NOTE: The airflow will not make the decreasing adjustment
in Electric Heat mode.
C FM
+10%
-1 5 %
S w it c h 7
ON
OFF
S w it c h 8
OFF
ON
Dipswitch 5/6 & 7/8
AEPF 1830
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
Indoor Airflow
5
6
7
8
Cooling
Heat Pump
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
1100
1100
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
800
800
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
600
600
AEPF3036 / 3137 / 4260
Switch
Position
Switch
Position
Indoor Airflow
5
6
7
8
Cooling
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
1800
1800
HUMIDITY CONTROL
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
1580
1580
When using a Humidstat (normally closed), cut jumper PJ6
on the control board. The Humidstat will only affect cooling
airflow by adjusting the Airflow to 85%.
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
1480
1480
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
1200
1200
ON
ON
OFF
ON
1020
1020
Table 4
TWO STAGE HEATING
When using staged electric heat, cut jumper PJ4 on the
control board.
72
Heat Pump
SERVICING
S-16E BLOWER PERFORMANCE DATA
SPEED
HIGH
MEDIUM
LOW
STATIC
MBR800**-*
SCFM
MBR1200**-*
SCFM
MBR1600**-*
SCFM
MBR2000**-*
SCFM
0.1
1,240
1,500
1,800
2,160
0.2
1,170
1,460
1,740
2,080
0.3
1,120
1,360
1,680
1,990
0.4
1,060
1,280
1,610
1,890
0.5
980
1,200
1,520
1,790
0.6
900
1,110
1,430
1,690
0.1
900
1,380
1,540
1,730
0.2
850
1,320
1,490
1,670
0.3
790
1,270
1,450
1,590
0.4
740
1,200
1,400
1,520
0.5
680
1,140
13,560
1,420
0.6
605
1,040
1,280
1,320
0.1
650
1,170
1,130
1,520
0.2
590
1,130
1,100
1,450
0.3
540
1,080
1,070
1,360
0.4
500
1,020
1,030
1,290
0.5
430
950
990
1,200
0.6
330
830
930
1,090
NOTE: External static is for blower @ 230 Volts. It does not include Coil, Air Filter or Electric Heaters.
S-16F CHECKING GE X13TM MOTORS
The GE X13TM Motor is a one piece, fully encapsulated, 3
phase brushless DC (single phase AC input) motor with ball
bearing construction. Unlike the ECM 2.3/2.5 motors, the GE
X13TM features an integral control module.
Note: The GE TECMate will not currently operate the GE
X13TM motor.
1. Using a voltmeter, check for 230 volts to the motor
connections L and N. If 230 volts is present, proceed to
step 2. If 230 volts is not present, check the line voltage
circuit to the motor.
High Voltage
Connections
3/16"
C L G N
2. Using a voltmeter, check for 24 volts from terminal C to
either terminal 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, depending on which tap is
being used, at the motor. If voltage present, proceed
tostep 3. If no voltage, check 24 volt circuit to motor.
3. If voltage was present in steps 1 and 2, the motor has
failed and will need to be replaced.
Note: When replacing motor, ensure the belly band is
between the vents on the motor and the wiring has the
proper drip loop to prevent condensate from entering the
motor.
1 2 3 4 5
Low Voltage Connections
1/4”
GE X13TM MOTOR CONNECTIONS
73
SERVICING
S-16G CHECKING EMERSON ULTRATECHTM
ECM MOTORS
To use the diagnostic tool, perform the following steps:
1. Disconnect power to the air handler.
DESCRIPTION
2. Disconnect the 4-circuit control harness from the motor.
The AVPTC and MBVC models utilize an Emerson, 4-wire
variable speed ECM blower motor. The ECM blower motor
provides constant CFM.
3. Plug the 4-circuit connector from the diagnostic tool into
the motor control connector.
The motor is a serially communicating variable speed motor.
Only four wires are required to control the motor: +Vdc,
Common, Receive, and Transmit.
The +Vdc and Common wires provide power to the motor's
low voltage control circuits. Typical supply voltage is 9-15
volts DC.
GENERAL CHECKS/CONSIDERATIONS
4. Connect one alligator clip from the diagnostic tool to a
ground source.
5. Connect the other alligator clip to a 24VAC source.
NOTE: The alligator clips are NOT polarized.
NOTE: The UltraCheck-EZTM diagnostic tool is equipped
with a nonreplaceable fuse. Connecting the tool to a source
other than 24VAC could damage the tool and cause the fuse
to open. Doing so will render the diagnostic tool inoperable.
6. Turn on power to air handler or modular blower.
1. Check power supply to the air handler or modular blower.
Ensure power supply is within the range specified on
rating plate. See section S-1.
2. Check motor power harness. Ensure wires are continuous and make good contact when seated in the connectors. Repair or replace as needed.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
3. Check motor control harness. Ensure wires are continuous and make good contact when seated in the connectors. Repair or replace as needed.
7. Depress the orange power button on the diagnostic tool
to send a run signal to the motor. Allow up to 5 seconds
for the motor to start.
4. Check thermostat and thermostat wiring. Ensure thermostat is providing proper cooling/heating/continuous fan
demands. Repair or replace as needed.
NOTE: If the orange power button does not illuminate when
depressed, the tool either has an open fuse or is not properly
connected to a 24VAC source.
5. Check blower wheel. Confirm wheel is properly seated on
motor shaft. Set screw must be on shaft flat and torqued
to 165 in-lbs minimum. Confirm wheel has no broken or
loose blades. Repair or replace as needed.
8. The green LED on the diagnostic tool will blink indicating
communications between the tool and motor. See table
below for indications of tool indicators and motor actions.
Replace or repair as needed.
6. Ensure motor and wheel turn freely. Check for interference between wheel and housing or wheel and motor.
Repair or replace as needed.
7. Check housing for cracks and/or corrosion. Repair or
replace as needed.
8. Check motor mounting bracket. Ensure mouting bracket
is tightly secured to the housing. Ensure bracket is not
cracked or broken.
Emerson UltraCheck-EZTM Diagnostic Tool
The Emerson UltraCheck-EZTM diaganostic tool may be used
to diagnose the ECM motor.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
Pow e r
Bu tto n
G re e n
LED
M o tor
Actio n
O FF
OFF
Not
Rotating
ON
B link ing
Rotating
ON
OFF
Rotating
ON
B link ing
Not
Rotating
ON
OFF
Not
Rotating
In d ica tio n (s)
Confirm 24V A C to
UltraChec k -E ZTM tool.
If 24V A C is c onfirm ed,
diagnos tic tool is
inoperable.
M otor and c ontrol/end
bell are func tioning
properly .
Replac e m otor
c ontrol/end bell.
Chec k m otor (s ee
Motor Chec k s below).
Replac e m otor
c ontrol/end bell; verify
m otor (s ee Motor
Chec k s below).
9. Depress the orange power button to turn off motor.
10. Disconnect power. Disconnect diagnostic tool.
74
SERVICING
11. Reconnect the 4-wire harness from control board to
motor.
Electrical Checks - High Voltage Power Circuits
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
2. Disconnect the 5-circuit power connector to the ECM
motor.
3. Turn on power to air handler or modular.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
4. Measure voltage between pins 4 and 5 on the 5-circuit
connector. Measured voltage should be the same as the
supply voltage to the air handler or modular.
1
2
}
Lines 1 and 2 will be connected
for 12OVAC Power Connector
applications only
3
Gnd
4
AC Line Connection
5
AC Line Connection
2. Check voltage between pins 1 and 4 on the 4-wire motor
control harness between the motor and control board.
Voltage should be between 9 and 15 VDC.
3. If no voltage is present, check control board. See section
S-40A.
Motor Control/End Bell Checks
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
NOTE: Motor contains capacitors that can hold a charge for
several minutes after disconnecting power. Wait 5 minutes
after removing power to allow capacitors to discharge.
2. Disconnect the motor control harness and motor power
harness.
3. Remove the blower assembly from the air handler or
modular blower.
4. Remove the (3) screws securing the control/end bell to the
motor. Separate the control/end bell. Disconnect the 3circuit harness from the control/end bell to remove the
control/end bell from the motor.
5. Inspect the NTC thermistor inside the control/end bell
(see figure below). Replace control/end bell if thermistor
is cracked or broken.
5. Measure voltage between pins 4 and 3. Voltage should
be approximately half of the voltage measured in step 4.
6. Measure voltage between pins 5 and 3. Voltage should
be approximately half of the voltage measured in step 4.
7. If no voltage is present, check supply voltage to air handler
or modular blower. See section S-1.
8. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
Reconnect the 5-circuit power harness disconnected in
step 2.
Electrical Checks - Low Voltage Control Circuits
1. Turn on power to air handler or modular.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
75
SERVICING
6. Inspect the large capacitors inside the control/end bell
(see figure below). Replace the control/end bell if any of
the capacitors are bulging or swollen.
S-16H ECM CFM ADJUSTMENTS AVPTC/MBVC
This section references the operation characteristics of the
MBVC models. The MBVC models utilize an integrated air
handler control. The air handler control provides ECM
blower motor control and includes all dipswitches necessary to set up the cooling, heat pump and electric airflow
characteristics.
The control has three banks of dipswitches: a bank for
cooling airflow and trim adjustment, a bank for selecting one
of (4) enhancement profiles and enabling dehumidification,
and a bank for selecting the installed electric heater kit size.
Adjustments are made by selecting the appropriate ON/
OFF combinations of the dipswitches. The dipswitches
along with their functions are shown in the figures below.
7. Locate the 3-circuit connector in the control/end bell.
Using an ohmmeter, check the resistance between each
terminal in the connector. If the resistance is 100kW or
greater, the control/end bell is functioning properly. Replace the control/end bell if the resistance is lower than
100kW.
8. Reassemble motor and control/end bell in reverse of
disassembly. Replace blower assembly into air handler
or modular blower.
Cooling Airflow Dipswitches - Used to set the desired
cooling airflow
Tap A
OFF ON
1. Disconnect power to air handler or modular blower.
3. Locate the 3-circuit harness from the motor. Using an
ohmmeter, measure the resistance between each motor
phase winding. The resistance levels should be equal.
Replace the motor if the resistance levels are unequal,
open circuited or short circuited.
OFF ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
Cooling Airflow Speed Tap (* indicates factory setting)
Airflow Adjust Dipswitches - Used to adjust the airflow +/10%
Normal*
+10%
-10%
Normal
OFF ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
NOTE: Motor contains capacitors that can hold a charge for
several minutes after disconnecting power. Wait 5 minutes
after removing power to allow capacitors to discharge.
2. Disassemble motor as described in steps 2 through 4
above.
Tap D*
Tap C
1
Motor Checks
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
Tap B
Airflow Adjust Taps (* indicates factory sett ing)
Ramping Profile Dipswitches - Used to select a comfort
profile for the cooling mode.
Tap A*
Tap B
OFF ON
Tap C
OFF ON
Tap D
OFF ON
OFF ON
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
4. Measure the resistance between each motor phase
winding and the motor shell. Replace the motor if any
phase winding is short circuited to the motor shell.
5. Reassemble motor and control/end bell in reverse of
disassembly. Replace blower assembly into air handler
or modular blower.
76
Cooling Airflow Ramping Profiles (* indicates factory
setting)
SERVICING
Dehumidification Disable/Enable Dipswitch - Reduces cooling airflow by ~ 15% when enabled AND when used with a
humidistat (such as DEHUM1). Airflow is reduced when a
call for cooling is present and the humidistat is open.
Electric Heater Airflow - Airflow for installed electric heaters
is set by adjusting the dipswitches to the appropriate heater
size.
20 kW
21 kW*
OFF ON
OFF ON
DEHUM
7
8
Move to the ON position to
enable dehumidification
Unused
15 kW
OFF ON
10 kW
OFF ON
OFF ON
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
Electric Heating Airflow (* indicates factory setting)
8 kW
6 kW
5 kW
3 kW
OFF ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
OFF ON
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
Electric Heating Airflow (* indicates factory setting)
The table below indicates the airflow that corresponds to the
available dipswitch settings.
MBVC Airflow Table
Speed Selection Dip Switches
Cool
Selection
Switches
Adjust
Selection
Switches
Profile
Selection
Switches
TAP
1
2
3
4
A
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF OFF
B
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
C
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
D
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Profiles
5
6
Pre-Run
Short-Run
OFF Delay
A
-------
--------
60 sec/100%
B
-------
30 sec/50%
60 sec/100%
C
-------
7.5 min/82%
60 sec/100%
D
30 sec/50%
7.5 min/82%
30 sec/50%
To set airflow: (1) Select model and desired
high stage cooling airflow. Determine the cooresponding tap
( A, B, C, or D ). Set dip switches 1 and 2 to the appropriate
ON / OFF positions. (2) Select model and installed electric
heater size. Set switches 9, 10, and 11 to the appropriate
ON/OFF positions. (3) Select the airflow adjustment factor tap
A and D are 0%; Tap B is +10%; Tap C -10%. Set dip switches 3
and 4 to the appropriate ON / OFF positions.
To set Comfort Mode: Select desired Comfort Mode profile
(see profiles above). Set switches 5 and 6 to the approriate
ON / OFF positions.
0140A00045
Htr Kw
9
10
11
3
ON
ON
ON
600
800
800
5
ON
ON
OFF
600
800
800
6
ON
OFF
ON
635
800
800
8
ON
OFF
OFF
740
1000
1000
10
OFF
ON
ON
1000
1000
1200
15
OFF
ON
OFF
1400
1500
1500
20
OFF
OFF
ON
NR
NR
2000
Low Stage
Cool
High Stage
Cool
Model
MBVC1200*
Tap
MBVC16000*
MBVC2000*
MBVC1200 *
A
B
C
D
400
540
670
800
600
800
1000
1200
MBVC1600 *
A
B
C
D
670
800
940
1070
1000
1200
1400
1600
MBVC2000 *
A
B
C
D
800
1070
1200
1340
1200
1600
1800
2000
77
SERVICING
S-17 CHECKING COMPRESSOR
WARNING
Hermetic compressor electrical terminal venting can
be dangerous. When insulating material which
supports a hermetic compressor or electrical terminal
suddenly disintegrates due to physical abuse or as a
result of an electrical short between the terminal and
the compressor housing, the terminal may be
expelled, venting the vapor and liquid contents of the
compressor housing and system.
If the compressor terminal PROTECTIVE COVER and gasket (if required) are not properly in place and secured, there
is a remote possibility if a terminal vents, that the vaporous
and liquid discharge can be ignited, spouting flames several
feet, causing potentially severe or fatal injury to anyone in its
path.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove the leads from the compressor terminals.
See warnings S-17 before removing compressor
terminal cover.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test continuity between terminals
S-R, C-R, and C-S, on single phase units or terminals T2,
T2 and T3, on 3 phase units.
This discharge can be ignited external to the compressor if
the terminal cover is not properly in place and if the discharge
impinges on a sufficient heat source.
Ignition of the discharge can also occur at the venting
terminal or inside the compressor, if there is sufficient
contaminant air present in the system and an electrical arc
occurs as the terminal vents.
Ignition cannot occur at the venting terminal without the
presence of contaminant air, and cannot occur externally
from the venting terminal without the presence of an external
ignition source.
Therefore, proper evacuation of a hermetic system is
essential at the time of manufacture and during servicing.
To reduce the possibility of external ignition, all open flame,
electrical power, and other heat sources should be extinguished or turned off prior to servicing a system.
If the following test indicates shorted, grounded or open
windings, see procedures S-19 for the next steps to be taken.
S-17A RESISTANCE TEST
Each compressor is equipped with an internal overload.
The line break internal overload senses both motor amperage
and winding temperature. High motor temperature or amperage heats the disc causing it to open, breaking the common
circuit within the compressor on single phase units.
Heat generated within the compressor shell, usually due to
recycling of the motor, high amperage or insufficient gas to
cool the motor, is slow to dissipate. Allow at least three to
four hours for it to cool and reset, then retest.
Fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc. has
not tripped -
C
OHMMETER
R
S
COMP
TESTING COMPRESSOR WINDINGS
If either winding does not test continuous, replace the
compressor.
NOTE: If an open compressor is indicated, allow ample time
for the internal overload to reset before replacing compressor.
S-17B GROUND TEST
If fuse, circuit breaker, ground fault protective device, etc.,
has tripped, this is a strong indication that an electrical
problem exists and must be found and corrected. The circuit
protective device rating must be checked, and its maximum
rating should coincide with that marked on the equipment
nameplate.
With the terminal protective cover in place, it is acceptable
to replace the fuse or reset the circuit breaker ONE TIME
ONLY to see if it was just a nuisance opening. If it opens
again, DO NOT continue to reset.
Disconnect all power to unit, making sure that all power
legs are open.
1. DO NOT remove protective terminal cover. Disconnect
the three leads going to the compressor terminals at the
nearest point to the compressor.
2. Identify the leads and using a Megger, Hi-Potential
Ground Tester, or other suitable instrument which puts
out a voltage between 300 and 1500 volts, check for a
ground separately between each of the three leads and
78
SERVICING
ground (such as an unpainted tube on the compressor).
Do not use a low voltage output instrument such as a voltohmmeter.
Unloader Test Procedure
If it is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following
methods may be used to verify operation.
1. Operate the system and measure compressor current.
Cycle the unloader ON and OFF at 10 second intervals.
The compressor amperage should go up or down at least
25 percent.
2. If step one does not give the expected results, shut unit
off. Apply 18 to 28 volt ac to the unloader molded plug
leads and listen for a click as the solenoid pulls in.
Remove power and listen for another click as the unloader
returns to its original position.
HI-POT
COMPRESSOR GROUND TEST
3. If a ground is indicated, then carefully remove the compressor terminal protective cover and inspect for loose
leads or insulation breaks in the lead wires.
4. If no visual problems indicated, carefully remove the leads
at the compressor terminals.
WARNING
Damage can occur to the glass embedded terminals if
the leads are not properly removed. This can result in
terminal and hot oil discharging.
3. If clicks can’t be heard, shut off power and remove the
control circuit molded plug from the compressor and
measure the unloader coil resistance. The resistance
should be 32 to 60 ohms, depending on compressor
temperature.
4. Next check the molded plug.
A.
Voltage check: Apply control voltage to the plug
wires (18 to 28 volt ac). The measured dc voltage
at the female connectors in the plug should be
around 15 to 27 vdc.
B.
Resistance check: Measure the resistance from
the end of one molded plug lead to either of the two
female connectors in the plug. One of the connectors should read close to zero ohms while the other
should read infinity. Repeat with other wire. The
same female connector as before should read zero
while the other connector again reads infinity.
Reverse polarity on the ohmmeter leads and repeat. The female connector that read infinity previously should now read close to zero ohms.
C.
Replace plug if either of these test methods
doesn’t show the desired results.
Carefully retest for ground, directly between compressor
terminals and ground.
5. If ground is indicated, replace the compressor.
S-17C UNLOADER TEST PROCEDURE
A nominal 24-volt direct current coil activates the internal
unloader solenoid. The input control circuit voltage must be
18 to 28 volt ac. The coil power requirement is 20 VA. The
external electrical connection is made with a molded plug
assembly. This plug contains a full wave rectifier to supply
direct current to the unloader coil.
S-17D OPERATION TEST
If the voltage, capacitor, overload and motor winding test fail
to show the cause for failure:
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove unit wiring from disconnect switch and wire a test
cord to the disconnect switch.
UNLOADER SOLENOID
(Molded Plug)
NOTE: The wire size of the test cord must equal the line wire
size and the fuse must be of the proper size and type.
2. With the protective terminal cover in place, use the three
leads to the compressor terminals that were discon-
79
SERVICING
nected at the nearest point to the compressor and
connect the common, start and run clips to the respective
leads.
3. Connect good capacitors of the right MFD and voltage
rating into the circuit as shown.
4. With power ON, close the switch.
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
Line Voltage now present.
A. If the compressor starts and continues to run, the cause
for failure is somewhere else in the system.
B. If the compressor fails to start - replace.
COPELAND COMPRESSOR
YEAR
A
MONTH
12345
SER IAL
NUMBER
L
PLANT
S-17E CHECKING 3-PHASE SCROLL
COMPRESSOR ROTATION
Verify the proper rotation of Copeland scroll compressors as
follows:
NOTE: The compressor may run backwards (noisy operation)
for 1 or 2 seconds at shutdown. This is normal and does not
harm the compressor.
1. Install gauges and verify that the suction pressure drops
while the discharge pressure increases.
2. Listen for normal compressor sound levels. Reverse
rotation results in elevated or unusual sound levels.
3. Reverse rotation will result in substantially reduced amp
draw from tabulated values.
To correct improper rotation, switch any two power supply
leads at the outdoor unit contactor.
The 3-phase scroll compressors are direction of rotation
sensitive. They will rotate in either direction depending on the
phasing of the power. There is no negative impact on durability
caused by operating 3-phase compressors in reversed rotation. The compressor's internal protector will trip, de-energizing the compressor. Continued operation of 3-phase scroll
compressors with the rotation reversed will contribute to
compressor failure. All 3-phase scroll compressors should be
checked for correct phase rotation.
S-18 TESTING CRANKCASE HEATER
(OPTIONAL ITEM)
The crankcase heater must be energized a minimum of four
(4) hours before the condensing unit is operated.
80
A crankcase heater will not prevent compressor damage due
to a floodback or over charge condition.
WARNING
WARNING
03
Crankcase heaters are used to prevent migration or accumulation of refrigerant in the compressor crankcase during the
off cycles and prevents liquid slugging or oil pumping on start
up.
1. Disconnect the heater lead in wires.
2. Using an ohmmeter, check heater continuity - should
test continuous. If not, replace.
NOTE: The positive temperature coefficient crankcase heater
is a 40 watt 265 voltage heater. The cool resistance of the
heater will be approximately 1800 ohms. The resistance will
become greater as the temperature of the compressor shell
increases.
S-21 CHECKING REVERSING VALVE AND
SOLENOID
Occasionally the reversing valve may stick in the heating or
cooling position or in the mid-position.
When stuck in the mid-position, part of the discharge gas
from the compressor is directed back to the suction side,
resulting in excessively high suction pressure. An increase
in the suction line temperature through the reversing valve
can also be measured. Check operation of the valve by
starting the system and switching the operation from COOLING to HEATING cycle.
If the valve fails to change its position, test the voltage (24V)
at the valve coil terminals, while the system is on the
COOLING cycle.
All heat pumps and ComfortNetTM heat pumps wired in
legacy - If no voltage is registered at the coil terminals, check
the operation of the thermostat and the continuity of the
connecting wiring from the "O" terminal of the thermostat to
the unit.
ComfortNetTM heat pumps only - Check voltage (24VAC) at
the non-insulated terminal E22 on the UC control board (RVS
on silkscreen) and "C" terminal on the 7-pin or 4-pin connector on the UC control
If voltage is registered at the coil, tap the valve body lightly
while switching the system from HEATING to COOLING,
etc. If this fails to cause the valve to switch positions, remove
the coil connector cap and test the continuity of the reversing
valve solenoid coil. If the coil does not test continuous replace it.
If the coil test continuous and 24 volts is present at the coil
terminals, the valve is inoperative - replace it.
S-24 TESTING DEFROST CONTROL
LEGACY MODELS:
To check the defrost control for proper sequencing, proceed
SERVICING
as follows: With power ON; unit not running.
1. Jumper defrost thermostat by placing a jumper wire
across the terminals "DFT" and "R" at defrost control
board.
2. Connect jumper across test pins on defrost control board.
3. Set thermostat to call for heating. System should go into
defrost within 21 seconds.
4. Immediately remove jumper from test pins.
5. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O".
Meter should read 24 volts.
is used on 3 thru 5 ton units should open at 75°F ± 6°F.
4. If not as above, replace control.
S-26 TESTING TEMPERATURE SENSORS
(COMFORTNETTM READY MODELS ONLY)
The ASXC and DSXC ComfortNetTM ready air conditioner
models are factory equipped with an outdoor air temperature
(OAT) sensor. The OAT sensor allows the outdoor air
temperature to be displayed on the CTK01AA thermostat
when used with the ASXC and DSXC models.
8. If not as above, replace control board.
The ASZC and DSZC ComfortNetTM ready heat pump
models are equipped with both an outdoor air temperature
(OAT) sensor and an outdoor coil temperature (OCT) sensor. The OAT provides the balance point temperature in
heat pump systems (air handler w/electric heat + heat
pump) and dual fuel systems. The OCT sensor is provides
the outdoor coil temperature and is used in determining
defrost cycles.
9. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power
before removing any jumpers or wires.
To check either the outdoor air or outdoor coil temperature
sensors:
6. Using VOM check for voltage across fan terminals DF1
and DF2 on the board. You should read line voltage (208230 VAC) indicating the relay is open in the defrost mode.
7. Using VOM check for voltage across "W2 & C" terminals
on the board. You should read 24 volts.
NOTE: Remove jumper across defrost thermostat before
returning system to service.
COMFORTNETTM UNITS:
To check the defrost control for proper sequencing, proceed
as follows: With power ON; unit not running.
1. Set thermostat to call for heating.
2. Press TEST and RECALL buttons simultaneously for
approximately 3 seconds, then release them. System
should go into defrost immediately.
3. Using VOM check for voltage across terminals "C & O".
Meter should read 24 volts (skip this step if system a fully
communicating system)
4. Visually inspect to see that the frost is gradually melting
on the coil and the compressor is running.
5. Using VOM check for voltage across "W2 & C" terminals
on the board. You should read 24 volts.
6. If not as above, replace control board.
7. Set thermostat to off position and disconnect power
before removing any jumpers or wires.
S-25 TESTING DEFROST THERMOSTAT
LEGACY MODELS ONLY:
1. Install a thermocouple type temperature test lead on the
tube adjacent to the defrost control. Insulate the lead
point of contact.
2. Check the temperature at which the control closes its
contacts by lowering the temperature of the control. Part
# 0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units
should close at 34°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P which
is used on 3 thru 5 ton units should close at 31°F ± 3°F.
3. Check the temperature at which the control opens its
contacts by raising the temperature of the control. Part #
0130M00009P which is used on 2 and 2.5 ton units
should open at 60°F ± 5°F. Part # 0130M00001P which
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Disconnect power to the air conditioner or heat pump.
2. Disconnect the sensor from the unitary (UC) control.
3. Connect an ohmmeter across the sensor terminals. The
ohmmeter should read be 10kΩ, +/-10%, at 75°F. Replace the sensor if the sensor is open, shorted, or outside
the valid resistance range.
S-40 MBR/AR*F ELECTRONIC BLOWER
TIME DELAY RELAY
The MBR/AR*F contains an Electronic Blower Time Delay
Relay board, B1370735. This board provides on/off time
delays for the blower motor in cooling and heat pump heating
demands when “G” is energized.
During a cooling or heat pump heating demand, 24Vac is
supplied to terminal “G” of the EBTDR to turn on the blower
motor. The EBTDR initiates a 7 second delay on and then
energizes it’s onboard relay. The relay on the EBTDR board
closes it’s normally open contacts and supplies power to the
blower motor. When the “G” input is removed, the EBTDR
initiates a 65 second delay off. When the 65 seconds delay
expires the onboard relay is de-energized and it’s contacts
open and remove power from the blower motor.
During an electric heat only demand, “W1” is energized but
“G” is not. The blower motor is connected to the normally
closed contacts of the relay on the EBTDR board. The other
81
SERVICING
side of this set of contacts is connected to the heat sequencer on the heater assembly that provides power to the
first heater element. When “W1” is energized, the sequencer
will close it’s contacts within 10 to 20 seconds to supply
power to the first heater element and to the blower motor
through the normally closed contacts on the relay on the
EBTDR. When the “W1” demand is removed, the sequencer
opens it contacts within 30 to 70 seconds and removes power
from the heater element and the blower motor.
The EBTDR also contains a speedup terminal to reduce the
delays during troubleshooting of the unit. When this terminal
is shorted to the common terminal, “C”, on the EBTDR board,
the delay ON time is reduced to 3 seconds and the delay OFF
time is reduced to 5 second.
Two additional terminals, M1 and M2, are on the EBTDR
board. These terminals are used to connect the unused leads
from the blower motor and have no affect on the board’s
operation.
S-40A AVPTC/MBVC ELECTRONIC BLOWER/
HEATER CONTROL
Description
The AVPTC and MBVC models utilize an electronic control
that provides ECM blower motor control and control of up to
two electric heat sequencers. The control has thermostat
inputs for up to two stages of cooling, two stages of electric
heat, reversing valve, and dehumidification. Control input is
24VAC.
All dipswitches necessary to setup cooling, heat pump, and
electric heat airflow are fully integrated into the control.
Dehumidification is enabled/disabled via an on-board dipswitch.
Features
The new air handler control includes advanced diagnostic
features with fault recall, estimated CFM display via on-board
LED, and ComfortNetTM ready. Diagnostics includes heater
kit selection diagnostics, open fuse, internal control fault,
data errors, and blower motor faults. Data errors are not
included in the fault recall list. Diagnostic error codes are
displayed on a single red LED.
Troubleshooting
Motor Control Circuits
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Turn on power to air handler or modular.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
2. Check voltage between pins 1 and 4 at the 4-wire motor
connector on the control board. Voltage should be
between 9 and 15 VDC. Replace control if voltage is not
as specified.
Electric Heat Sequencer Outputs
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Turn on power to air handler or modular blower.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
The estimated CFM is displayed on an on-board green LED.
The LED flashes once for each 100 CFM.
2. Disconnect the 4-circuit harness connecting the control
to the electric heater kit.
The AVPTC/MBVC air handlers may be used in a fully
communicating ComfortNetTM system when matched with a
compatiable outdoor unit and the CTK01AA thermostat. A
fully communicating system offers advanced setup and
diagnostic features.
3. Provide a thermostat demand for low stage auxiliary heat
(W1). Measure the voltage between circuits 1 and 3 at
the on-board electric heat connector. Voltage should
measure 24VAC. Replace control if no voltage is present.
Basic Operation
The air handler control receives thermostat inputs either from
a standard 24VAC thermostat or the CTK01AA ComfortNetTM
thermostat. For cooling and heat pump operation, the control
operates the variable speed blower motor at the demand as
determined from the thermostat input(s). If a demand for
electric heat is received, the control will provide a 24VAC
output for up to two electric heat sequencers.
82
NOTE: Allow for any built-in time delays before making
voltage measurements. Any electric heater faults that are
present may prevent the heater output from energizing.
Verify that no heater faults are present before making
voltage measurements.
4. Provide a thermostat demand for high stage auxiliary heat
(W1 + W2). Measure the voltage between circuits 1 and
3 at the on-board electric heat connector. Measure the
voltage between circuits 2 and 3 at the on-board electric
heat connector. Voltage should measure 24VAC. Re-
SERVICING
place control if no voltage is present.
Communications (Applies only to Systems with Compatible
ComfortNetTM Outdoor Unit and CTK01AA Thermostat)
The integrated air handler control has some on-board tools
that may be used to troubleshoot the network. These tools
are: red communications LED, green receive (Rx) LED, and
learn button. These are described below
a. Red communications LED – Indicates the status of the
network. Refer to the Network Troubleshooting Chart for
the LED status and the corresponding potential problem.
MBR/AR*F WITH SINGLE STAGE CONDENSERS
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the condensing unit and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
1.2 The compressor and condenser fan are turned on and
after a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board
is energized and the blower motor starts.
1.3 When the cooling demand “Y” is satisfied, the room
thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
b. Green receive LED – Indicates network traffic. Refer to the
Network Troubleshooting Chart for the LED status and the
corresponding potential problem.
1.4 The compressor and condenser fan are turned off and
after a 65 second delay off, the relay on the EBTDR board
is de-energized and the blower is turned off.
c. Learn button – Used to reset the network. Depress the
button for approximately 2 seconds to reset the network.
2.0 Heating Operation
Voltages between the two data lines and between each data
line and common may be used to determine if the network
is operating properly.
Do the following to measure the voltages on the communications data lines.
WARNING
Line Voltage now present.
1. With power on to the unit, measure voltage between
terminal "1" and terminal "C" on control board's thermostat connector. Voltage should be as noted in the table
below.
2. Measure voltage between terminals "2" and "C".
3. Measure voltage between terminals "1" and "2".
4. If voltages are different than stated in the table below,
check thermostat wiring for opens/shorts. Confirm that
the BIAS and TERM dipswitches are in the ON position.
5. The network troubleshooting chart on the next page
provides additonal communications troubleshooting information.
Te rm ina ls
1 to C
2 to C
1 to 2
Nonim a l dc
Volta ge s
> 2.5 Vdc
< 2.5 Vdc
> 0.2 Vdc
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to heat sequencer, HR1, on
the heater assembly.
2.2 The contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
seconds and turn on heater element #1. The normally
closed contacts on the EBTDR are also connected to
terminal M1. When M1 and M2 close, the blower motor
will be energized thru the normally closed contacts on the
EBTDR board. At the same time, if the heater assembly
contains a second heater element, HR1 will contain a
second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which will close to
turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,which
will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available. If the
first stage heat demand, “W1” cannot be satisfied by the heat
pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop. The
room thermostat will then energize “W2” and 24Vac will be
supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly. When the “W2”
demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30
to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned
off. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “W2” will
remain energized until the first stage demand “W1” is
satisfied and then the “W1” and “W2” demands will be
removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from HR1. Both set of
contacts on the relay opens within 30 to 70 seconds and
turn off the heater element(s) and the blower motor.
MBR/AR*F WITH SINGLE STAGE HEAT PUMPS
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a
typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a
digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the
auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instructions and wiring diagrams provided with the MBR/AR*F
for specific wiring connections and system configuration.
3.0 Cooling Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to the
cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to “O” which energizes the
reversing valve. As long as the thermostat is set for cooling,
the reversing valve will be in the energized position for cooling.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “Y” at the heat pump
and the “G” terminal on the EBTDR board.
83
SERVICING
NETWORK TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
L ED
L E D S t a tu s
O ff
1 F la s h
P o s s i b le
C au ses
In d ic a ti o n
N o ne
C o rr e c ti v e
A c t io n (s )
•
N on e
• N orm al
c o n d i t io n
• C o m m u n ic a t io n
F a ilu re
•
• C o m m u n i c a ti o n
F a i lu re
• D e p r e ss L e a rn
B u t to n
• D e p r e s s o n ce
q u ic k ly f o r a p o w e r up res et
• D e pres s a n d h o ld
fo r 2
s e c o n d s fo r a n o u to f -b o x r e s e t
• O u t -o f- b o x r e s e t
• C o n tr o l p o w e r u p
• N one
• N o ne
• T urn pow e r O F F
p r i o r to r e p a ir
Red
C o m m u n i c a ti o n s
L ED
2 F la s h e s
N o te s &
C a u t io n s
•
N one
• L e a r n b u tto n
de pres s ed
O ff
• N o po w er
• N o p o w e r to
m o d u l a r b lo w e r
• C h e c k fu s e s a n d
c i r c u it b r e a k e rs ;
r e p l a c e /r e s e t
• C o m m u n ic a t io n
e rr o r
• O p e n fu se
• R e p la c e b l o w n
f us e
• C h e c k fo r s h o r ts
i n lo w v o lt a g e
w i r in g i n m o d u l a r
b lo w e r /s y s te m
• C o m m u n i c a ti o n
error
1 S te a d y F l a s h
• N o n e t w o r k fo u n d
• B r o ke n /
d i s c o n n e c t e d d a ta
w ir e (s )
• R e s e t n e tw o r k b y
d e p re s s i n g le a r n
b u tt o n
• C h e c k d a ta 1 /
d a ta 2 v o lta g e s
• T urn pow e r O F F
• C hec k
p r i o r to r e p a ir
c o m m u n i c a ti o n s
w i r in g ( d a ta 1 / d a ta
2 w i re s )
• M o d u l a r b lo w e r is • C h e c k w i r e
c o n n e c t io n s a t
in s t a l le d a s a
t e r m i n a l b lo c k
le g a c y / t r a d it io n a l
s y s te m
• V e r i fy m o d u l a r
b lo w e r i n s ta l la ti o n
t y p e ( le g a c y /
t ra d i tio n a l o r
c o m m u n i c a ti n g )
G r e e n R e c e ive
L ED
R a p id F la s h i n g
O n S o lid
• C h e c k d a ta 1 /
d a ta 2 v o l ta g e s
• N one
• N o r m a l n e tw o rk
t r a f fic
• C o n t r o l is
“ ta l k i n g ” o n
n e tw o r k a s
e x p e c te d
• D a ta 1 / D a ta 2
m is s - w ir e
• D a t a 1 a n d d a ta 2 • C h e c k
• T u rn p o w e r O F F
w ir e s r e v e rs e d a t
c o m m u n i c a ti o n s
p r i o r to
m o d u l a r b lo w e r
w i r in g ( d a ta 1 / d a ta
r e p a ir
t h e rm o s ta t, o r
2 w i re s )
C T ™ c o m p a ti b le
o u td o o r A C / H P
• S h o r t b e tw e e n
d a ta 1 a n d d a ta 2
w ir e s
• C h ec k w ire
c o n n e c t io n s a t
t e r m i n a l b lo c k
• S h o r t b e tw e e n
• C h e c k d a ta 1 /
d a ta 1 o r d a ta 2
d a ta 2 v o l ta g e s
w ir e s a n d R ( 2 4
VA C ) or C (24 VA C
c om m on )
84
• V e r if y w i r e s a t
t e rm in a l b l o c k s a r e
s e c u r e l y tw i s t e d
t o g e th e r p ri o r to
i n s e r ti n g in t o
t e rm in a l b l o c k
• N o ne
• V e r if y w i r e s a t
t e rm in a l b l o c k s a r e
s e c u r e l y tw i s t e d
t o g e th e r p ri o r to
i n s e r ti n g in t o
t e rm in a l b l o c k
SERVICING
3.2 The heat pump turned on in the cooling mode and after
a 7 second on delay, the relay on the EBTDR board is
energized and the blower motor starts.
3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both heater
element(s). The heat pump remains on along with the
blower motor because the “Y” demand for first stage heat
will still be present.
3.4 The heat pump is turned off and after a 65 second delay
off, the relay on the EBTDR board is de-energized and the
blower motor is turned off.
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, the
room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”.
The heat pump is turned off and the blower motor turns off
after a 65 second off delay.
4.0 Heating Operation
5.0 Defrost Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be
in the de-energized position for heating except during a
defrost cycle. Some installations may use one or more
outdoor thermostats to restrict the amount of electric heat
that is available above a preset ambient temperature. Use of
optional controls such as these can change the operation of
the electric heaters during the heating mode. This sequenceof
operation does not cover those applications.
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be
in the de-energized position for heating except during a
defrost cycle.
4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units,
the room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y” and 24Vac is
supplied to “Y” at the heat pump unit and the “G” terminal
on the EBTDR board. The heat pump is turned on in the
heating mode and the blower motor starts after a 7
second on delay.
4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by the
heat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.
The room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2’ for
second stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to heat
sequencer HR1 on the heater assembly.
4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close will close within 10
to 20 seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the
same time, if the heater assembly contains a second
heater element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3 and M4, which will close and turn on heater
element #2. The blower motor is already on as a result
of terminal “G” on the EBTDR board being energized for
the first stage heat demand.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
If the second stage heat demand, “W2” cannot be satisfied by
the heat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.
The room thermostat will then energize “W3” and 24Vac will
be supplied to HR2 on the heater assembly. When the “W3”
demand is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will open between 30
to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will be turned
off. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “W3” will
remain energized until the first stage heat demand “Y”
is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” and “W3”
demands will be removed.
4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied.
When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from the coil of HR1. The contacts on HR1 will
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to seeif
a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat
pump operation depending on the selectable setting by
monitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached to
the outdoor coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to
cause the defrost thermostat to be closed when the
defrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrost
cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of the
HVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off the
outdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on the
defrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and
“W2”. The reversing valve is energized and the contactson
HR1 close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit
will continue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle is
completed.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high
enough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the
defrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of the
programmed 10 minute override time the defrost thermostat is still closed, the defrost board will automatically
terminate the defrost cycle.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the
HVDR relay will close to start the outdoor fan and the
contacts of the LVDR relay will open and turn off the
reversing valve and electric heater(s). The unit will now
be back in a normal heating mode with a heat pump
demand for heating as described in the Heating Operation in section 4.
MBE/AEPF WITH GSX, SSX, ASX, DSX, VSX
MBE ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME DELAY RELAY
AEPF AIR HANDLER
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a
typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a
digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the
auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the installation instruc-
85
SERVICING
tions and wiring diagrams provided with the MBE/AEPF
for specific wiring connections, dip switch settings and
system configuration.
MBE/AEPF WITH SINGLE STAGE GSX, ASX, SSX, and
VSX CONDENSERS
When used with a single stage GSX, SSX, ASX, and VSX
condensers, dip switch #4 must be set to the on position on
the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF. The “Y” output from the
indoor thermostat must be connected to the yellow wire
labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat”
and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle
marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y” at the
condenser. The orange jumper wire from terminal “Y1”
to terminal“O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must
remain connected.
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the
MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF will
turnon the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the
speed programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip
switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the
condenser and the compressor and condenser are turned on.
1.2 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y”. The MBE/
AEPF removes the 24Vac from “Y’ at the condenser and
the compressor and condenser fan are turned off. The
blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop based on
the time and rate programmed in the motor.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on
the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed
programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip
switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat
sequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly.
2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same
time, if the heater assembly contains a second heater
element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3
and M4, which will close and turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a
second stage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be cut. With the PJ4
jumper cut, the VSTB will run the blower motor on low speed
on a “W1” only demand. If the first stage heat demand, “W1”
cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the temperature
indoors will continue to drop. The room thermostat will then
energize “W2” and 24Vac will be supplied to HR2 on the
heater assembly and the blower motor will change to high
speed. When the “W2” demand is satisfied, the room
86
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB
will remove the 24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will
open between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and
#4 will be turned off and the blower motor will change to low
speed. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “W2”
will remain energized until the first stage demand
“W1” is satisfied and then the “W1” and “W2” demands
will be removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and the
VSTB removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts on
HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the
heater element(s) and the blower motor ramps down to a
complete stop.
MBE/AEPF WITH SINGLE STAGE
GSZ, SSZ, ASZ, and VSZ HEAT PUMPS
When used with a single stage GSZ, SSZ, ASZ, or VSZ heat
pumps, dip switch #4 must be set to the ON position on the
VSTB inside the MBE. The “Y” output from the indoor
thermostat must be connected to the yellow wire labeled “Y/
Y2” inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat” and the
yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked
“Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y” at the heat pump.
The orange jumper wire from terminal “Y1” to terminal
“O” on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be removed.
3.0 COOLING OPERATION
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the VSTB
inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to
“O” at the heat pump to energize the reversing valve. As long
as the thermostat is set for cooling, the reversing valve will be
in the energized position for cooling.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y” and 24Vac is supplied to terminals “G” and “Y/
Y2” of the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on the
blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed
programmed in the motor based on the settings of dip
switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the
heat pump.
3.2 The heat pump is turned on in the cooling mode.
3.3 When the cooling demand is satisfied, the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/
AEPF and the VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y” at the
heat pump. The heat pump is turned off and the blower
motor will ramp down to a complete stop based on the
time and rate programmed in the motor.
4.0 Heating Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
the heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized.
As long as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing
valve will be in the de-energized position for heating
except during a defrost cycle. Some installations may
use one or more outdoor thermostats to restrict the
amount of electric heat that is available above a preset
SERVICING
ambient temperature. Use of optional controls such as
these can change the operation of the electric heaters
during the heating mode. This sequence of operation
does not cover those applications.
4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units,
the room thermostat energizes “Y” and “G” and 24Vac is
supplied to “G” and “Y/Y2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB
will turn on the blower motor and the motor will ramp up
to the speed programmed in the motor based on the
settings of dip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply
24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump and the heat pump is
turned on in the heating mode.
4.2 If the first stage heat demand cannot be satisfied by the
heat pump, the temperature indoors will continue to drop.
The room thermostat will then energize terminal “W2” for
second stage heat and 24Vac will be supplied to “E/W1”
of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat
sequencer, HR1, on the electric heater assembly.
4.3 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same
time, if the heater assembly contains a second heater
element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3
and M4, which will close to turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a third
stage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF must be cut. If the second stage heat
demand, “W2”, cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the
temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermostat will then energize “W3” and 24Vac will be supplied to “W/
W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to HR2
on the electric heater assembly. When the “W3” demand is
satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from
“W/W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR2 will open
between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will
be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,
“W3” will remain energized until the first stage demand “Y” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y”, “W2” and
“W3” demands will be removed.
4.4 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the second stage heat demand, “W2”, is satisfied.
When this happens, the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from “E/W1” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on
HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off both
heater element(s). The heat pump remains on along with
the blower motor because the “Y” demand for first stage
heat will still be present.
4.5 When the first stage heat demand “Y” is satisfied, the
room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Y/
Y2” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB removes the 24Vac
from “Y” at the heat pump and the heat pump is turned off.
The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop
based on the time and rate programmed in the motor
control.
5.0 DEFROST OPERATION
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to the
heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized. As long
as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing valve will be
in the de-energized position for heating except during a
defrost cycle.
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see
if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat
pump operation depending on the selectable setting by
monitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached to
the outdoor coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to
cause the defrost thermostat to be closed when the
defrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrost
cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of the
HVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off the
outdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on the
defrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and
“W2”. The reversing valve is energized and the contacts
on HR1 close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit
will continue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle is
completed.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high
enough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the
defrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of the
programmed 10 minute override time the defrost thermostat is still closed, the defrost board will automatically
terminate the defrost cycle.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the
HVDR relay on the defrost board will close to start the
outdoor fan and the contacts of the LVDR relay will open
and turn off the reversing valve and electric heater(s). The
unit will now be back in a normal heating mode with a heat
pump demand for heating as described in the Heating
Operation in section 4.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
This document covers the basic sequence of operation for a
typical application with a mercury bulb thermostat. When a
digital/electronic thermostat is used, the on/off staging of the
outdoor unit and auxiliary heat will vary. Refer to the
installation instructions and wiring diagrams provided with the
MBE for specific wiring connections, dip switch settings and
system configuration.
MBE/AEPF WITH TWO STAGE ASX & DSX CONDENSERS
1.0 COOLING OPERATION
When used with the ASX & DSX two stage condensers, dip switch #4 must be set to the OFF position on
the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF. The “Y1” output
from the indoor thermostat must be connected to the
purple wire labeled “Ylow/Y1” inside the wire bundle
marked “Thermostat” and the purple wire labeled “Ylow/
87
SERVICING
Y1” inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be
connected to “Ylow/Y1” at the condenser. The “Y2”
output from the indoor thermostat must be connected to
the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle
marked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2”
inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be
connected to “Y/Y2” at the condenser. The orange
jumper wire from terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on
the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must remain connected.
1.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y1” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Ylow/Y1”
of the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF
will turn on the blower motor and the motor will ramp up
to 60% of the speed programmed in the motor based on
the settings for dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply
24Vac to “Ylow/Y1” at the condenser and the compressor and condenser fan starts in low speed operation.
1.2 If first stage cooling cannot satisfy the demand, the room
thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to the
MBE/AEPF unit. The blower motor will change to the cfm
for high speed operation and the VSTB will supply 24Vac
to “Y/Y2” at the condenser and the compressor and
condenser fan will change to high speed operation.
When the “Y2” demand is satisfied, the thermostat will
remove the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will remove the
24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the condenser. The blower will drop
to 60% of the programmed cfm and the compressor and
condenser fan will change to low speed. On most
digital/electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain energized until the first stage cooling demand “Y1” is
satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2” demands
will be removed.
1.3 When the first stage cooling demand, “Y1”, is satisfied,
the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and
“Y1”. The MBE/AEPF removes the 24Vac from “Ylow/
Y1’ at the condenser and the compressor and condenser
fan are turned off. The blower motor will ramp down to a
complete stop based on the time and rate programmed
in the motor.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for heat, the room thermostat energizes
“W1” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF unit. The VSTB will turn on
the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to the speed
programmed in the motor based on the settings for dip
switch 1 and 2. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat
sequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly.
2.2 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same
time, if the heater assembly contains a second heater
element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts, M3
and M4, which will close and turn on heater element #2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a
88
second stage heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on the
VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be cut. With the PJ4
jumper cut, the VSTB will run the blower motor on low speed
on a “W1” only demand. If the first stage heat demand, “W1”
cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the temperature
indoors will continue to drop. The room thermostat will then
energize “W2” and 24Vac will be supplied to HR2 on the
heater assembly and the blower motor will change to high
speed. When the “W2” demand is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “W2” and the VSTB
will remove the 24Vac from HR2. The contacts on HR2 will
open between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and
#4 will be turned off and the blower motor will change to low
speed. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “W2”
will remain energized until the first stage demand
“W1” is satisfied and then the “W1” and “W2” demands
will be removed.
2.3 When the “W1” heat demand is satisfied, the room
thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “E/W1” and the
VSTB removes the 24Vac from HR1. The contacts on
HR1 will open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the
heater element(s) and the blower motor ramps down to a
complete stop.
MBE/AEPF WITH TWO STAGE ASZ & DSZ HEAT PUMP
UNITS
3.0 Cooling Operation
When used with the ASZ & DSZ two stage heat
pumps, dip switch #4 must be set to the OFF position
on the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF. The “Y1” output
from the indoor thermostat must be connected to the
purple wire labeled “Ylow/Y1” inside the wire bundle
marked “Thermostat” and the purple wire labeled “Ylow/
Y1” inside the wire bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be
connected to “Y” at the heat pump. The “Y2” output from
the indoor thermostat must be connected to the yellow
wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire bundle marked “Thermostat” and the yellow wire labeled “Y/Y2” inside the wire
bundle marked “Outdoor Unit” must be connected to “Y/
Y2” at the heat pump. The orange jumper wire from
terminal “Y1” to terminal “O” on the VSTB inside
the MBE/AEPF must be removed.
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
the cooling mode, 24Vac is supplied to terminal “O” of the
VSTB inside the MBE unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac
to “O” at the heat pump to energize the reversing valve.
As long as the thermostat is set for cooling, the reversing
valve will be in the energized position for cooling.
3.1 On a demand for cooling, the room thermostat energizes
“G” and “Y1” and 24Vac is supplied to “G” and “Ylow/Y1”
of the MBE unit. The VSTB inside the MBE will turn on
the blower motor and the motor will ramp up to 60% of the
speed programmed in the motor based on the settings for
dip switch 5 and 6. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to “Y”
at the heat pump and the compressor and outdoor fan
starts in low speed operation.
SERVICING
3.2 If first stage cooling cannot satisfy the demand, the room
thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac to “Y/
Y2”of the MBE unit. The blower motor will change to the
cfm for high speed operation and the VSTB will supply
24Vac to “Y2” at the heat pump. The compressor and
outdoor fan will change to high speed operation. When
the “Y2” demand is satisfied, the thermostat will remove
the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will remove the 24Vac
from “Y2” at the heat pump. The blower will drop to 60%
of the programmed cfm and the compressor and outdoor
fan will change to low speed operation. On most digital/
electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain energized
until the first stage cooling demand “Y1” is satisfied
and then the “G”, “Y1” and “Y2” demands will be
removed.
3.3 When the first stage cooling demand, “Y1”, is satisfied,
the room thermostat removes the 24Vac from “G” and
“Y1”. The VSTB removes the 24Vac from “Y’ at the heat
pump and the compressor and outdoor fan are turned off.
The blower motor will ramp down to a complete stop
based on the time and rate programmed in the motor.
4.0 Heating Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
the heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized.
As long as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing
valve will be in the de-energized position for heating
except during a defrost cycle. Some installations may
use one or more outdoor thermostats to restrict the
amount of electric heat that is available above a preset
ambient temperature. Use of optional controls such as
these can change the operation of the electric heaters
during the heating mode. This sequence of operation
does not cover those applications.
4.1 On a demand for first stage heat with heat pump units, the
room thermostat energizes “G” and “Y1” and 24Vac is
supplied to “G” and “Ylo/Y1” of the MBE/AEPF. The
VSTB will turn on the blower motor and the motor will
ramp up to 60% of the speed programmed in the motor
based on the settings of dip switch 1 and 2. The VSTB
will supply 24Vac to “Y” at the heat pump. The compressor will start on low stage and outdoor fan will
start on low speed on a “Y1” heating demand but
the blower motor will deliver only 60% of the programmed cfm for high speed heating operation.
4.2 If a thermostat that provides a “Y2” demand in heating is
used and first stage heating cannot satisfy the demand,
the room thermostat will energize “Y2” and supply 24Vac
to “Y/Y2” of the MBE unit. The blower motor will change
to the cfm for high speed heating operation and the VSTB
will supply 24Vac to “Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The
outdoor fan will change to high speed operation and
compressor will shift to high stage. If the “Y2” demand
is present and becomes satisfied, the thermostat will
remove the “Y2” demand and the VSTB will remove the
24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the heat pump. The blower will drop
to 60% of the programmed cfm and the outdoor fan will
change to low speed. On most digital/electronic thermostats, “Y2” will remain energized until the first stage
heating demand “Y1” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1”
and “Y2” demands will be removed.
4.3 If the heat pump operation cannot satisfy the demand, the
room thermostat energizes “W2/W3” and 24Vac is supplied to terminal “E/W1” of the VSTB inside the MBE/
AEPF unit. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to heat
sequencer HR1 on the electric heater assembly.
4.4 HR1 contacts M1 and M2 will close within 10 to 20
seconds and turn on heater element #1. At the same
time, if the heater assembly contains a second heater
element, HR1 will contain a second set of contacts,
M3and M4, which will close and turn on heater element
#2.
Note: If more than two heater elements are on the heater
assembly, it will contain a second heat sequencer, HR2,
which will control the 3rd and 4th heater elements if available.
For the 3rd and 4th heater elements to operate on a
second stage auxiliary heat demand, the PJ4 jumper on
the VSTB inside the MBE/AEPF must be cut. If the “W2/
W3” demand cannot be satisfied by the heat pump, the
temperature indoors will continue to drop. The room thermostat will then energize “W3/W4” and 24Vac will be supplied
to “W/W2” of the MBE. The VSTB will supply 24Vac to HR2
on the electric heater assembly. When the “W3/W4” demand
is satisfied, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from
“W/W2” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR2 will open
between 30 to 70 seconds and heater elements #3 and #4 will
be turned off. On most digital/electronic thermostats,
“W3/W4” will remain energized until the first stage
demand “Y1” is satisfied and then the “G”, “Y1”, “Y2”
“W2/W3” and “W3/W4” demands will be removed.
4.5 As the temperature indoors increase, it will reach a point
where the “W2/W3” demand is satisfied. When this
happens, the room thermostat will remove the 24Vac
from “E/W1” of the MBE/AEPF. The contacts on HR1 will
open between 30 to 70 seconds and turn off the 1st and
2nd heater elements. If the “Y2” demand is present and
becomes satisfied the room thermostat will remove the
24Vac from “Y/Y2” of the MBE and the blower motor will
change to 60% of the programmed cfm. The VSTB will
remove the 24Vac from “Y/Y2” at the heat pump and the
outdoor fan will change to low speed operation. The heat
pump remains on along with the blower motor because
the “Y1” demand for first stage heat will still be present.
4.6 When the first stage heat demand “Y1” is satisfied, the
room thermostat will remove the 24Vac from “G” and “Ylo/
Y1” of the MBE/AEPF. The VSTB removes the 24Vac
from “Ylo/Y1” at the heat pump and the compressor and
outdoor fan are turned off. The blower motor will ramp
down to a complete stop based on the time and rate
programmed in the motor control.
5.0 Defrost Operation
On heat pump units, when the room thermostat is set to
the heating mode, the reversing valve is not energized.
As long as the thermostat is set for heating, the reversing
89
SERVICING
valve will be in the de-energized position for heating
except during a defrost cycle.
5.1 The heat pump will be on and operating in the heating
mode as described the Heating Operation in section 4.
5.2 The defrost control in the heat pump unit checks to see
if a defrost is needed every 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat
pump operation depending on the selectable setting by
monitoring the state of the defrost thermostat attached to
the outdoor coil.
5.3 If the temperature of the outdoor coil is low enough to
cause the defrost thermostat to be closed when the
defrost board checks it, the board will initiate a defrost
cycle.
5.4 When a defrost cycle is initiated, the contacts of
theHVDR relay on the defrost board open and turns off the
outdoor fan. The contacts of the LVDR relay on the
defrost board closes and supplies 24Vac to “O” and
“W2”. The reversing valve is energized and the contacts
on HR1 close and turns on the electric heater(s). The unit
will continue to run in this mode until the defrost cycle is
completed.
5.5 When the temperature of the outdoor coil rises high
enough to causes the defrost thermostat to open, the
defrost cycle will be terminated. If at the end of the
programmed 10 minute override time the defrost thermostat is still closed, the defrost board will automatically
terminate the defrost cycle.
5.6 When the defrost cycle is terminated, the contacts of the
HVDR relay on the defrost board will close to start the
outdoor fan and the contacts of the LVDR relay will open
and turn off the reversing valve and electric heater(s). The
unit will now be back in a normal heating mode with a heat
pump demand for heating as described in the Heating
Operation in section 4.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
AVPTC/MBVC with Single Stage Condensers (24VAC
Legacy Wired Systems)
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for single stage cooling operation, the
thermostat closes the "G" and "Y" contacts providing
24VAC to the "G", "Y1", and "Y2" terminals at the
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
initiates the selected cooling ramping profile after any
blower ON delays have expired. After completing any
blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded
airflow.
1.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor is energized
by the closing of the thermostat "Y" contacts.
1.3 The system operates at single stage cooling.
1.4 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G" and "Y" thermostat contacts open, removing 24VAC from the both the
outdoor condensor and integrated air handler control.
The compressor and condensor fan motor are both deenergized immediately. The integrated AH control con-
90
tinues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF delay
period, then applies the off portion of the selected
ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then deenergized.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for auxiliary heat operation, the thermostat
closes the "W1" contacts providing 24VAC to the "W1"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The
integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping profile
after any blower ON delays have expired. After completing any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control
operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded airflow.
2.2 The system operates at low stage auxiliary heat.
2.3 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
auxiliary heat, the thermostat will close the "W2" contacts, providing 24VAC to the "W2" terminal at the
integrated AH control. Thermostat "W1" contacts remain closed.
2.4 Upon receiving the high stage auxiliary heat demand, the
control operates the ECM blower motor at the demanded
airflow.
2.5 The system operates at high stage auxiliary heat as
demanded by the thermostat.
2.6 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "W1" thermostat
contacts (or "W1" and "W2" contacts) open, removing
24VAC from the integrated air handler control. The
integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off
portion of the heating ramping profile. The ECM blower
motor is then de-energized.
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
3.1 On a demand for continuous fan operation, the thermostat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the
air handler's maximum airflow capability.
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor.
AVPTC/MBVC with Single Stage Heat Pumps (24VAC
Legacy Wired Systems)
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for single stage cooling operation, the
thermostat closes the "G", "O", and "Y" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G", "O", "Y1", and "Y2" terminals atthe
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
initiates the selected cooling ramping profile after any
blower ON delays have expired. After completing any
blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded
airflow.
1.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor is energized
SERVICING
by the closing of the thermostat "Y" contacts. The
reveersing valve is energized by the closing of the
thermostat "O" contacts.
1.3 The system operates at single stage cooling.
1.4 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G", "O", and "Y"
thermostat contacts open, removing 24VAC from the
both the outdoor condensor and integrated air handler
control. The compressor, condensor fan motor, and
reversing valve are de-energized immediately. The integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM blower
motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off portion
of the selected ramping profile. The ECM blower motor
is then de-energized.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for heat pump heating, the room thermostat
closes the "G" and "Y" contacts, providing 24VAC to the
"G" and "Y" terminals at the integrated air handler
control. The integrated AH control initiates the heat
pump heating ramping profile after any blower ON delays
have expired. After completing any blower ON delays
and ramping profile, the control operates the variavble
speed ECM motor at the demanded airflow.
4.0 Defrost Operation
4.1 The control in the outdoor unit determines when a defrost
cycle is needed. Upon determing that a defrost cycle is
needed, the outdoor control de-energizes the condensor
fan motor and energizes the reversing valve. A "W1"
signal is sent from the outdoor unit control to the
integrated air handler control.
4.2 The air handler control energizes the eletric heat sequencer output to turn on the electric heaters. The
appropriate airflow demand is provided to the motor
(greater of heat pump or auxiliary heat).
4.3 At the conclusion of the defrost cycle, the outdoor unit
control removes the "W1" output to the integrated air
handler control, de-energizes the reversing valve and reenergizes the condensor fan motor.
5.0 Emergency Heat Operation
2.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor are energized
by the closing of the thermostat "Y" contacts.
5.1 On a demand for emergency heat operation, the thermostat closes the "W1/W2" contacts providing 24VAC to
the "W1" terminal at the integrated air handler control.
The integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping
profile after any blower ON delays have expired. After
completing any blower ON delays and ramping profile,
the control operates the variavble speed ECM motor at
the demanded airflow.
2.3 The system operates at single stage heat pump heat.
5.2 The system operates at emergency heat.
2.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with heat pump
heating, the thermostat will close the "W1/W2" contacts, providing 24VAC to the "W1" or "W1" and "W2"
terminals at the integrated AH control. Thermostat "G"
and "Y" contacts remain closed.
5.3 Upon satisfying the thermostat emergnecy heat demand, the "W1" thermostat contacts open, removing
24VAC from the integrated air handler control. The
integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off
portion of the heating ramping profile. The ECM blower
motor is then de-energized.
2.5 Upon receiving a demand for auxiliary heat, the control
determines the appropriate airflow demand for heat pump
+ auxiliary heat operation and operates the ECM blower
motor at that airflow demand. The control determines
which airflow demand is greatest and applies that demand when operating the ECM blower motor.
2.6 The system operates at single stage heat pump heating
plus auxiliary heat.
2.5 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G" and "Y" thermostat contacts (or "G", "Y" and "W1/W2" contacts) open,
removing 24VAC from the integrated air handler control.
The integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off
portion of the heat pump heating ramping profile. The
ECM blower motor is then de-energized.
AVPTC/MBVC with 2-Stage Condensers (24VAC Legacy
Wired Systems)
1.0 Cooling Operation
1.1 On a demand for low stage cooling operation, the
thermostat closes the "G" and "Y1" contacts providing
24VAC to the "G" and "Y1" terminals at the integrated air
handler control. The integrated AH control initiates the
selected cooling ramping profile after any blower ON
delays have expired. After completing any blower ON
delays and ramping profile, the control operates the
variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded airflow.
1.2 The compressor and condensor fan motor are energized
by the closing of the thermostat "Y1" contacts.
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
1.3 The system operates at low stage cooling.
3.1 On a demand for continuous fan operation, the thermostat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the
air handler's maximum airflow capability.
1.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with low stage
cooling, the thermostat closes the "Y2" contacts, providing 24VAC to the "Y2" terminal at the AH control. The
integrated AH control operates the ECM blower motor at
the high stage cooling airflow demand. Thermostat "G"
and Y1" contacts remain closed.
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor.
1.5 The compressor and condensor fan motor high stage
speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
"Y2" contacts.
91
SERVICING
1.6 The system operates at high stage cooling.
1.7 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G", "Y1" and "Y2"
thermostat contacts open, removing 24VAC from the
both the outdoor condensor and integrated air handler
control. The compressor and condensor fan motor are
both de-energized immediately. The integrated AH
control continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an
OFF delay period, then applies the off portion of the
selected ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then
de-energized.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for auxiliary heat operation, the thermostat
closes the "W1" contacts providing 24VAC to the "W1"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The
integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping profile
after any blower ON delays have expired. After completing any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control
operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the demanded airflow.
control initiates the selected cooling ramping profile after
any blower ON delays have expired. After completing
any blower ON delays and ramping profile, the control
operates the variavble speed ECM motor at the low stage
cooling airflow.
1.2 The low stage compressor and condensor fan motor
speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
"Y1" contacts. The reversing valve is energized with the
closing of the thermostat "O" contacts.
1.3 The system operates at low stage cooling.
1.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with low stage
cooling, the thermostat closes the "Y2" contacts, providing 24VAC to the "Y2" terminal at the AH control. The
integrated AH control operates the ECM blower motor at
the high stage cooling airflow demand. Thermostat "G",
"O", and Y1" contacts remain closed.
1.5 The compressor and condensor fan motor high stage
speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
"Y2" contacts.
2.2 The system operates at low stage auxiliary heat.
1.6 The system operates at high stage cooling.
2.3 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
auxiliary heat, the thermostat will close the "W2" contacts, providing 24VAC to the "W2" terminal at
theintegrated AH control. Thermostat "W1" contacts
remain closed.
1.7 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G", "O", and "Y1"
(or "Y1" and "Y2") thermostat contacts open, removing
24VAC from the both the outdoor condensor and integrated air handler control. The compressor, condensor
fan motor, and reverving valve are all de-energized immediately. The integrated AH control continues to operate
the ECM blower motor for an OFF delay period, then
applies the off portion of the selected ramping profile. The
ECM blower motor is then de-energized.
2.4 The system operates on high stage auxiliary heat.
2.5 Upon receiving the high stage auxiliary heat demand, the
control operates the ECM blower motor at the high stage
auxiliary heat airflow.
2.6 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "W1" thermostat
contacts (or "W1" and "W2" contacts) open, removing
24VAC from the integrated air handler control and outdoor unit. The compressor and condensor fan motor are
immediately de-enerized. The integrated AH control
continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF
delay period, then applies the off portion of the heating
ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then deenergized.
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
3.1 On a demand for continuous fan operation, the thermostat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the
air handler's maximum airflow capability.
2.0 Heating Operation
2.1 On a demand for low stage heat pump heating, the room
thermostat closes the "G" and "Y1" contacts, providing
24VAC to the"G" and "Y1" terminals at the integrated air
handler control. The integrated AH control initiates the
heat pump heating ramping profile after any blower ON
delays have expired. After completing any blower ON
delays and ramping profile, the control operates the
variavble speed ECM motor at the low stage heat pump
airflow.
2.2 The low stage compressor and condensor fan motor
speeds are energized by the closing of the thermostat
"Y1" contacts.
2.3 The system operates at low stage heat pump heating.
AVPTC/MBVC with 2-Stage Heat Pumps (24VAC Legacy
Wired Systems)
2.4 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with low stage
heat pump heating, the thermostat will close the "Y2"
contacts, providing 24VAC to the "Y2" terminals at the
integrated AH control and heat pump. Thermostat "G"
and "Y1" contacts remain closed. The air handler control
operates the ECM blower motor at the high stage heat
pump heating airflow.
1.0 Cooling Operation
2.5 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating.
1.1 On a demand for low stage cooling operation, the
thermostat closes the "G", "O", and "Y1" contacts
providing 24VAC to the "G", "O", and "Y1" terminals at
the integrated air handler control. The integrated AH
2.6 If the thermostat demand cannot be met with high stage
heat pump heating, the thermostat will close the "W1/
W2" contacts, providing 24VAC to the "W1" or "W1" and
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor.
92
SERVICING
"W2" terminals at the integrated AH control. Thermostat
"G", "Y1", and "Y2" contacts remain closed.
2.7 Upon receiving a demand for auxiliary heat, the control
determines the appropriate airflow demand for high stage
heat pump + auxiliary heat operation and operates the
ECM blower motor at that airflow demand. The control
determines which airflow demand is greatest and applies
that demand when operating the ECM blower motor.
2.8 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating
plus auxiliary heat.
2.9 Upon satisfying the thermostat, the "G" and "Y1" thermostat contacts (or "G", "Y1", "Y2" and "W1/W2" contacts)
open, removing 24VAC from the integrated air handler
control. The compressor and condensor fan motor are
de-energized immediately. The integrated AH control
continues to operate the ECM blower motor for an OFF
delay period, then applies the off portion of the heat pump
heating ramping profile. The ECM blower motor is then
de-energized.
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
3.1 On a demand for continuous fan operation, the thermostat closes the "G" contacts providing 24VAC to the "G"
terminal at the integrated air handler control. The control
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at 30% of the
air handler's maximum airflow capability.
3.2 Removing the thermostat demand for continuous fan
opens the "G" contacts, removing 24VAC from the
integrated air handler control. The integrated AH control
immediately de-energizes the ECM blower motor.
4.0 Defrost Operation
4.1 The control in the outdoor unit determines when a defrost
cycle is needed. Upon determing that a defrost cycle is
needed, the outdoor control de-energizes the condensor
fan motor and energizes the reversing valve. A "W1"
signal is sent from the outdoor unit control to the
integrated air handler control.
4.2 The air handler control energizes the eletric heat sequencer output to turn on the electric heaters. The
appropriate airflow demand is provided to the motor
(greater of heat pump or auxiliary heat).
5.3 Upon satisfying the thermostat emergnecy heat demand, the "W1" thermostat contacts open, removing
24VAC from the integrated air handler control. The
integrated AH control continues to operate the ECM
blower motor for an OFF delay period, then applies the off
portion of the heating ramping profile. The ECM blower
motor is then de-energized
AVPTC/MBVC with ASXC/DSXC Condenser and
CTK01AA Communicating Themostat
The AVPTC or MBVC air handle/modular blower matched
with an ASXC or DSXC condensing unit and CTK01AA
communicating thermostat constitute a network. The three
components, or subsystems, making up the system communicate with one another with information passed between all
three components. This leads to a somewhat non-traditional
manner in which the system components receive commands
for system operation. All system commands are routed from
the component through the network to the appropriate destination component.
NOTE: The individual subsystems will cease operation if the
request for operation is NOT refreshed after 5 minutes. This
is a built-in safe guard to prevent the possibility of runaway
operation.
1.0 Cooling Operation - Low and High Stage Cool
1.1 The CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for low stage
cooling through the network to the unitary (UC) control in
the condenser. The UC control receives the command
and processes any compressor and fan delays.
1.2 The UC control sends a request for low stage fan speed
to the air handler/modular blower. The blower energizes
the ECM blower motor at the appropriate speed.
1.3 The condenser energizes the compressor and condenser fan motor at the appropriate low stage speeds.
1.4 The system operates at low stage cooling.
1.5 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
cooling, the CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for
high stage cooling to the condenser. The condenser in
turn sends a request for high stage fan speed to the air
handler/modular blower. The blower increases the blower
speed to the high stage cooling speed.
4.3 At the conclusion of the defrost cycle, the outdoor unit
control removes the "W1" output to the integrated air
handler control, de-energizes the reversing valve and reenergizes the condensor fan motor.
1.6 The condenser's unitary control energizes the high stage
compressor solenoid and switches the condenser fan
motor to high speed.
5.0 Emergency Heat Operation
1.8 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK01AA
thermostat commands the UC control to end cooling
operation. The condenser de-energizes the
compressorand condenser fan motor. The UC control
continues providing a fan request until any cooling blower
OFF delays have expired.
5.1 On a demand for emergency heat operation, the thermostat closes the "W1/W2" contacts providing 24VAC to
the "W1" terminal at the integrated air handler control.
The integrated AH control initiates the heating ramping
profile after any blower ON delays have expired. After
completing any blower ON delays and ramping profile,
the control operates the variavble speed ECM motor at
the emergency heat airflow.
5.2 The system operates at emergency heat.
1.7 The system operates at high stage cooling.
2.0 Heating Operation - Auxiliary/Emergency Heat
2.1 The CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for emergency heat to the air handler/modular blower.
2.2 The air handler control energizes the ECM blower motor
93
SERVICING
at the emergency heat speed. The electric heat sequencer outputs are also energized, thus energizing the
electric heaters.
2.3 The system operates at emergency heat.
2.4 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK01AA
thermostat commands the air handler/modular blower to
end emergency heat operation. The air handler control
de-energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The
ECM blower motor remains energized until any blower
OFF delay timing has expired.
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
3.1 With a demand for continuous fan operation, the CTK01AA
thermostat sends a fan request to the integrated air
handler control along with a fan demand. The control
energizes the variavble speed ECM motor at fan demand
provided by the thermostat. The fan demand provided by
the thermostat will be 30%, 50%,or 70% of the air
handler's maximum airflow capability. The continuous
fan demand is set from the thermostat as low, medium,
or high.
operation.
1.0 Cooling Operation - Low and High Stage Cool
1.1 The CKT01AA thermostat sends a request for low stage
cooling through the network to the unitary (UC) control in
the heat pump. The UC control receives the command
and processes any compressor and fan delays.
1.2 The UC control sends a request for low stage fan speed
to the air handler/modular blower. The blower energizes
the ECM blower motor at the appropriate speed.
1.3 The heat pump energizes the compressor and condenser
fan motor at the appropriate low stage speeds. The
reversing valve is also energized.
1.4 The system operates at low stage cooling.
1.5 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
cooling, the CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for
high stage cooling to the heat pump. The heat pump in
turn sends a request for high stage fan speed to the air
handler/modular blower. The AH control increases the
blower speed to the high stage cooling speed.
3.2 If the thermostat demand for continuous fan is removed,
the CTK01AA thermostat commands the integrated air
handler control to end continuous fan operation. The
integrated AH control immediately de-energizes the
ECM blower motor.
1.6 The heat pump's unitary control energizes the high stage
compressor solenoid and switches the condenser fan
motor to high speed. The reversing valve remains
energized.
AVPTC/MBVC with ASZC/DSZC Heat Pump and CTK01AA
Communicating Themostat
1.8 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK01AA
thermostat commands the UC control to end cooling
operation. The heat pump de-energizes the compressor,
condenser fan motor, and reversing valve. The UC control
continues providing a fan request until any cooling blower
OFF delays have expired.
The AVPTC or MBVC air handle/modular blower matched
with an ASZC or DSZC condensing unit and CTK01AA
communicating thermostat constitute a network. The three
components, or subsystems, making up the system communicate with one another with information passed between all
three components. This leads to a somewhat non-traditional
manner in which the system components receive commands
for system operation. All system commands are routed from
the component through the network to the appropriate destination component.
NOTE: Communicating heat pump systems are designed to
utilize a balance point temperature. The balance point
temperature in part controls heat pump operation. If the
outdoor temperature is below the balance point, the heat
pump is disable and only electric heat is available for heating.
The balance point temperature is set via the CTK01AA
thermostat in the advanced installer's configuration menu.
The CTK01AA thermostat also allows the user to disable the
electric heaters in the air handler/modular blower depending
on the outdoor temperature. The electric heaters are disabled
If the outdoor temperature is above the set point. All heating
is supplied by the heat pump.
The outdoor air temperature is aquired from the outdoor air
temperature (OAT) sensor included with the ASZC/DSZC
heat pump models. Faults with the sensor will affect heating
operation.
NOTE: The individual subsystems will cease operation if the
request for operation is NOT refreshed after 5 minutes. This
is a built-in safe guard to prevent the possibility of runaway
94
1.7 The system operates at high stage cooling.
2.0 Heating Operation
Outdoor Temperature Above the Heat Pump Balance Point
2.1 The CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for the
outdoor air temperature to the heat pump. The heat pump
returns an outdoor air temperature that is above the
balance point temperature. Heat pump heating is enabled.
2.2 The CKT01AA thermostat sends a request for low stage
heat pump heating to the unitary (UC) control in the heat
pump. The UC control receives the command and
processes any compressor and fan delays.
2.3 The UC control sends a request for low stage fan speed
to the air handler/modular blower. The blower energizes
the ECM blower motor at the appropriate speed.
2.4 The condenser energizes the compressor and condenser fan motor at the appropriate low stage speeds.
2.5 The system operates at low stage heat pump heating.
2.6 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on low stage
heat pump heating, the CTK01AA thermostat sends a
request for high stage heat pump heating to the heat
pump. The heat pump in turn sends a request for high
stage fan speed to the air handler/modular blower. The
AH control increases the blower speed to the high stage
SERVICING
heat pump heating speed.
2.7 The heat pump's unitary control energizes the high stage
compressor solenoid and switches the condenser fan
motor to high speed.
2.8 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating.
2.9 If the thermostat demand cannot be met on high stage
heat pump heating, the CTK01AA thermostat sends a
request for auxiliary heat to the air handler/modular
blower.
2.10 Upon receiving a demand for auxiliary heat, the air
handler control determines the appropriate airflow for
high stage heat pump + auxiliary heat operation and
operates the ECM blower motor at that airflow demand.
The air handler control determines which airflow demand
is greatest and applies that demand when operating the
ECM blower motor.
2.11 The system operates at high stage heat pump heating
plus auxiliary heat.
2.12 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK01AA
thermostat commands the heat pump to end heat pump
heating operation. The compressor and outdoor fan
motor are de-energized.
will energized (or re-energized) at high stage.
4.3 The UC control sends a request for defrost operation to
the integrated air handler control. The air handler control
energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs and operates the ECM blower model at the electric heat speed.
4.4 Once the defrost cycle is terminated, the heat pump
commands the air handler/modular blower to end defrost
operation.
4.5 The system returns to heat pump heating operation that
was in effect prior to the defrost cycle.
5.0 Emergency Heat Operation
5.1 The CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for emergency heat to the air handler/modular blower.
5.2 The air handler control energizes the ECM blower motor
at the emergency heat speed. The electric heat sequencer outputs are also energized, thus energizing the
electric heaters.
5.3 The system operates at emergency heat.
Outdoor Temperature Below the Heat Pump Balance
Point
5.4 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK01AA
thermostat commands the air handler/modular blower to
end emergency heat operation. The air handler control
de-energizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The
ECM blower motor remains energized until any blower
OFF delay timing has expired. energizes the variavble
speed ECM motor at fan demand provided by the thermostat. The fan demand provided by the thermostat will be
30%, 50%,or 70% of the air handler's maximum airflow
capability. The continuous fan demand is set from the
thermostat as low, medium, or high.
2.1 The CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for the
outdoor air temperature to the heat pump. The heat pump
returns an outdoor air temperature that is below the
balance point temperature. Heat pump heating is disabled.
3.2 If the thermostat demand for continuous fan is removed,
the CTK01AA thermostat commands the integrated air
handler control to end continuous fan operation. The
integrated AH control immediately de-energizes the
ECM blower motor.
2.2 The CTK01AA thermostat sends a request for auxiliary
heat to the air handler/modular blower.
4.0 Defrost Operation
The air handler/modular blower is commanded to end
auxiliary heat operation. The air handler control deenergizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The ECM
blower motor remains energized until any blower OFF
delay timing has expired.
2.2 The air handler control energizes the ECM blower motor
at the auxiliary heat speed. The electric heat sequencer
outputs are also energized, thus energizing the electric
heaters.
2.3 The system operates at auxiliary heat.
2.4 Once the thermostat demand is satisfied, the CTK01AA
thermostat commands the air handler/modular blower to
end auxiliary heat operation. The air handler control deenergizes the electric heat sequencer outputs. The ECM
blower motor remains energized until any blower OFF
delay timing has expired.
4.1 While the system is operating in heat pump heating (see
2.0 Heating Operation), the control in the outdoor unit
may determines that a defrost cycle is needed. Upon
determing that a defrost cycle is needed, the UC control
de-energizes the condensor fan motor and energizes the
reversing valve.
4.2 The compressor may be de-energized for a short delay
during the reversing valve shift. (The delay period is
3.0 Continuous Fan Operation
3.1 With a demand for continuous fan operation, the CTK01AA
thermostat sends a fan request to the integrated air
handler control along with a fan demand. The
controladjustable via the CTK01AA thermostat. The
compressor delay is intended to eliminate compressor
noise during the reversing valve shift.) The compressor
95
SERVICING
S-50 CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)
(OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
Each individual heater element is protected with an automatic rest limit control connected in series with each
element to prevent overheating of components in case of low
airflow. This limit control will open its circuit at approximately
150°F. to 160°F and close at approximately 110°F.
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
static pressure external to the unit. The installation manual
supplied with the blower coil, or the blower performance table
in the service manual, shows the CFM for the static measured.
Alternately, the system CFM can be determined by operating
the electric heaters and indoor blower WITHOUT having the
compressor in operation. Measure the temperature rise as
close to the blower inlet and outlet as possible.
If other than a 240V power supply is used, refer to the BTUH
CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR chart below.
BTUH CAPACITY CORRECTION FACTOR
1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.
2. Using an ohmmeter test for continuity across the normally closed contacts. No reading indicates the control
is open - replace if necessary. Make sure the limits are
cool before testing.
IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.
S-52 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS
Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantities
shown in the spec sheet for each model unit, to provide
electric resistance heating. Under no condition shall
moreheaters than the quantity shown be installed.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
250
230
220
208
MULTIPLICATION FACTOR
1.08
.92
.84
.75
EXAMPLE: Five (5) heaters provide 24.0 KW at the rated
240V. Our actual measured voltage is 220V, and our
measured temperature rise is 42°F. Find the actual CFM:
Answer: 24.0KW, 42°F Rise, 240 V = 1800 CFM from the
TEMPERATURE RISE chart on the right.
Heating output at 220 V = 24.0KW x 3.413 x .84 = 68.8
MBH.
Actual CFM = 1800 x .84 Corr. Factor = 1400 CFM.
NOTE: The temperature rise table is for sea level installations. The temperature rise at a particular KW and CFM will
be greater at high altitudes, while the external static pressure
at a particular CFM will be less.
CFM
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element(s).
2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in
the wire or broken insulators.
3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no
reading indicates the element is open. Replace as
necessary.
S-60 ELECTRIC HEATER (OPTIONAL ITEM)
Optional electric heaters may be added, in the quantities
shown in the specifications section, to provide electric
resistance heating. Under no condition shall more heaters
than the quantity shown be installed.
The low voltage circuit in the air handler is factory wired and
terminates at the location provided for the electric heater(s).
A minimum of field wiring is required to complete the
installation.
Other components such as a Heating/Cooling Thermostat
and Outdoor Thermostats are available to complete the
installation.
The system CFM can be determined by measuring the
96
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
TEMPERATURE
3.0 4.8 7.2
kW kW kW
16
25
38
14
22
33
12
19
29
11
17
26
10
15
23
9
14
21
8
13
19
7
12
18
7
11
16
6
10
15
6
9
14
6
9
14
5
8
13
5
8
12
5
8
12
5
7
11
4
7
11
4
7
10
RISE (°F) @ 240V
9.6 14.4 19.2 24.0 28.8
kW kW kW kW kW
51
43
38
57
34
51
30
46
27
41
55
25
38
50
23
35
46
22
32
43
54
65
20
30
40
50
60
19
28
38
47
57
18
27
36
44
53
17
25
34
42
50
16
24
32
40
48
15
23
30
38
45
14
22
29
36
43
14
21
27
34
41
13
20
26
33
39
SERVICING
ity - no reading indicates the link is open. Replace as
necessary.
ELECTRIC HEATER CAPACITY BTUH
HTR
KW
3.0
KW
4.7
KW
6.0
KW
7.0
KW
9.5
KW
14.2
KW
19.5
KW
21.0
KW
NOTE: The link is designed to open at approximately 333°F.
DO NOT WIRE AROUND - determine reason for failure.
BTUH 10200 16200 20400 23800 32400 48600 66500 71600
S-62 CHECKING HEATER ELEMENTS
FORMULAS:
Heating Output = KW x 3413 x Corr. Factor
WARNING
Actual CFM = CFM (from table) x Corr. Factor
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
BTUH = KW x 3413
1. Disassemble and remove the heating element.
BTUH = CFM x 1.08 x Temperature Rise (T)
2. Visually inspect the heater assembly for any breaks in
the wire or broken insulators.
CFM = KW x 3413
1.08 x T
3. Using an ohmmeter, test the element for continuity - no
reading indicates the element is open. Replace as
necessary.
T = BTUH
CFM x 1.08
S-61A CHECKING HEATER LIMIT CONTROL(S)
Each individual heater element is protected with a limit
control device connected in series with each element to
prevent overheating of components in case of low airflow.
This limit control will open its circuit at approximately 150°F.
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Remove the wiring from the control terminals.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test for continuity across the normally closed contacts. No reading indicates the control
is open - replace if necessary.
S-100 REFRIGERATION REPAIR PRACTICE
DANGER
Always remove the refrigerant charge in a proper
manner before applying heat to the system.
When repairing the refrigeration system:
HIGH VOLTAGE!
Disconnect ALL power before servicing
or installing. Multiple power sources
may be present. Failure to do so may
cause property damage, personal injury
or death.
1. Never open a system that is under vacuum. Air and
moisture will be drawn in.
2. Plug or cap all openings.
IF FOUND OPEN - REPLACE - DO NOT WIRE AROUND.
3. Remove all burrs and clean the brazing surfaces of the
tubing with sand cloth or paper. Brazing materials do not
flow well on oxidized or oily surfaces.
S-61B CHECKING HEATER FUSE LINK
(OPTIONAL ELECTRIC HEATERS)
4. Clean the inside of all new tubing to remove oils and pipe
chips.
Each individual heater element is protected with a one time
fuse link which is connected in series with the element. The
fuse link will open at approximately 333°.
5. When brazing, sweep the tubing with dry nitrogen to
prevent the formation of oxides on the inside surfaces.
6. Complete any repair by replacing the liquid line drier in the
system, evacuate and charge.
WARNING
Disconnect ALL power before servicing.
1. Remove heater element assembly so as to expose fuse
link.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test across the fuse link for continu-
97
SERVICING
BRAZING MATERIALS
IMPORTANT NOTE: Torch heat required to braze tubes of
various sizes is proportional to the size of the tube. Tubes of
smaller size require less heat to bring the tube to brazing
temperature before adding brazing alloy. Applying too much
heat to any tube can melt the tube. Service personnel must
use the appropriate heat level for the size of the tube being
brazed.
NOTE: The use of a heat shield when brazing is recommended
to avoid burning the serial plate or the finish on the unit. Heat
trap or wet rags should be used to protect heat sensitive
components such as service valves and TXV valves.
Copper to Copper Joints - Sil-Fos used without flux (alloy
of 15% silver, 80% copper, and 5% phosphorous). Recommended heat 1400°F.
Copper to Steel Joints - Silver Solder used without a flux
(alloy of 30% silver, 38% copper, 32% zinc). Recommended
heat - 1200°F.
S-101 LEAK TESTING
(NITROGEN OR NITROGEN-TRACED)
WARNING
To avoid the risk of fire or explosion, never use
oxygen, high pressure air or flammable gases for leak
testing of a refrigeration system.
WARNING
To avoid possible explosion, the line from the
nitrogen cylinder must include a pressure regulator
and a pressure relief valve. The pressure relief valve
must be set to open at no more than 150 psig.
Pressure test the system using dry nitrogen and soapy water
to locate leaks. If you wish to use a leak detector, charge the
system to 10 psi using the appropriate refrigerant then use
nitrogen to finish charging the system to working pressure,
then apply the detector to suspect areas. If leaks are found,
repair them. After repair, repeat the pressure test. If no leaks
exist, proceed to system evacuation.
S-102 EVACUATION
WARNING
REFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!
Failure to follow proper procedures may cause
property damage, personal injury or death.
IMPORTANT NOTE: Because of the potential damage to
compressors, do not allow suction pressure at service valve
to drop below 20 PSIG when pumping unit system down for
98
repair. Outdoor section, depending on line set length and
amount of charge in system, may not be able to hold the
entire system charge.
This is the most important part of the entire service procedure.
The life and efficiency of the equipment is dependent upon the
thoroughness exercised by the serviceman when evacuating
air (non-condensables) and moisture from the system.
Air in a system causes high condensing temperature and
pressure, resulting in increased power input and reduced
performance.
Moisture chemically reacts with the refrigerant oil to form
corrosive acids. These acids attack motor windings and
parts, causing breakdown.
The equipment required to thoroughly evacuate the system is
a high vacuum pump, capable of producing a vacuum equivalent to 25 microns absolute and a thermocouple vacuum
gauge to give a true reading of the vacuum in the system
NOTE: Never use the system compressor as a vacuum pump
or run when under a high vacuum. Motor damage could occur.
WARNING
Do not front seat the service valve(s) with the
compressor open, with the suction line of the
comprssor closed or severely restricted.
1. Connect the vacuum pump, vacuum tight manifold set
with high vacuum hoses, thermocouple vacuum gauge
and charging cylinder as shown.
2. Start the vacuum pump and open the shut off valve to the
high vacuum gauge manifold only. After the compound
gauge (low side) has dropped to approximately 29 inches
of vacuum, open the valve to the vacuum thermocouple
gauge. See that the vacuum pump will blank-off to a
maximum of 25 microns. A high vacuum pump can only
produce a good vacuum if its oil is non-contaminated.
SERVICING
CAUTION
Use refrigerant certified to AHRI standards. Used
refrigerant may cause compressor damage and will
void the warranty. Most portable machines cannot
clean used refrigerant to meet AHRI standards.
HIGH SIDE
GAUGE
AND VALVE
LOW SIDE
GAUGE
AND VALVE
800 PSI
RATED
HOSES
CAUTION
CHARGING
CYLINDER
AND SCALE
Operating the compressor with the suction valve
closed will void the warranty and cause serious
compressor damage.
Charge the system with the exact amount of refrigerant.
VACUUM PUMP
ADAPTER
TO
UNIT SERVICE
VALVE PORTS
VACUUM PUMP
Refer to the specification section or check the unit nameplates for the correct refrigerant charge.
An inaccurately charged system will cause future problems.
1. When using an ambient compensated calibrated charging cylinder, allow liquid refrigerant only to enter the high
side.
EVACUATION
3. If the vacuum pump is working properly, close the valve to
the vacuum thermocouple gauge and open the high and
low side valves to the high vacuum manifold set. With the
valve on the charging cylinder closed, open the manifold
valve to the cylinder.
4. Evacuate the system to at least 29 inches gauge before
opening valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge.
5. Continue to evacuate to a maximum of 250 microns.
Close valve to vacuum pump and watch rate of rise. If
vacuum does not rise above 1500 microns in three to five
minutes, system can be considered properly evacuated.
6. If thermocouple vacuum gauge continues to rise and
levels off at about 5000 microns, moisture and noncondensables are still present. If gauge continues to rise
a leak is present. Repair and re-evacuate.
7. Close valve to thermocouple vacuum gauge and vacuum
pump. Shut off pump and prepare to charge.
S-103 CHARGING
WARNING
REFRIGERANT UNDER PRESSURE!
* Do not overcharge system with refrigerant.
* Do not operate unit in a vacuum or at negative
pressure.
Failure to follow proper procedures may cause
property damage, personal injury or death.
2. After the system will take all it will take, close the valve
on the high side of the charging manifold.
3. Start the system and charge the balance of the refrigerant
through the low side.
NOTE: R410A should be drawn out of the storage container
or drum in liquid form due to its fractionation properties, but
should be "Flashed" to its gas state before entering the
system. There are commercially available restriction devices
that fit into the system charging hose set to accomplish this.
DO NOT charge liquid R410A into the compressor.
4. With the system still running, close the valve on the
charging cylinder. At this time, you may still have some
liquid refrigerant in the charging cylinder hose and will
definitely have liquid in the liquid hose. Reseat the liquid
line core. Slowly open the high side manifold valve and
transfer the liquid refrigerant from the liquid line hose and
charging cylinder hose into the suction service valve port.
CAREFUL: Watch so that liquid refrigerant does not
enter the compressor.
Final Charge Adjustment
The outdoor temperature must be 60°F or higher. Set the
room thermostat to COOL, fan switch to AUTO, and set the
temperature control well below room temperature.
After system has stabilized per startup instructions, compare the operating pressures and outdoor unit amp draw to
the numbers listed on the performance label on the outdoor
unit. If pressures and amp draw are too low, add charge. If
pressures and amp draw are too high, remove charge. Check
subcooling and superheat as detailed in the following section.
5. With the system still running, remove hose and reinstall
both valve caps.
6. Check system for leaks.
99
SERVICING
Do not charge a remote condensing unit with a non-matching
evaporator coil, or a system where the charge quantity is
unknown. Do not install or charge R410A condensers matched
with coils having capillary tubes or flow control restrictors.
AHRI rated Coil combinations with thermostatic expansion
valves (TEV's) should be charged by subcooling. See
"Checking Subcooling and Superheat" sections in this manual.
Subcooling values for "Ultron" system are found in the
Technical Information manuals for "Ultron" outdoor units.
Due to their design, Scroll compressors are inherently more
tolerant of liquid refrigerant.
NOTE: Even though the compressor section of a Scroll
compressor is more tolerant of liquid refrigerant, continued
floodback or flooded start conditions may wash oil from the
bearing surfaces causing premature bearing failure.
S-104 CHECKING COMPRESSOR
EFFICIENCY
The reason for compressor inefficiency is broken or damaged
scroll flanks on Scroll compressors, reducing the ability of the
compressor to pump refrigerant vapor.
The condition of the scroll flanks is checked in the following
manner.
1. Attach gauges to the high and low side of the system.
2. Start the system and run a "Cooling Performance Test.
If the test shows:
S-105A PISTON CHART FOR ASX13, GSX13,
VSX13, SSX14, ASX14, ASZ13, GSZ13, VSZ13
units
Re m o t e
Condense r
O r if ic e
S iz e
Re m o t e
He a t P u m p
O r if ic e
S iz e
A /G S X 1 3 0 1 8 1 A
0 .0 4 9
A /G S Z 1 3 0 1 8 1
0 .0 4 9
A /G S X 1 3 0 1 8 1 B*
V SX130181A *
0 .0 5 1
A /G S Z 1 3 0 2 4 1
0 .0 5 7
A /G S X 1 3 0 2 4 1 A
0 .0 5 3
A /G S Z 1 3 0 3 0 1
0 .0 6 3
A /G S X 1 3 0 2 4 1 B*
V SX130241A *
0 .0 5 7
A /G S Z 1 3 0 3 6 1
GSZ 130363A *
0 .0 6 8
A /G S X 1 3 0 3 0 1
0 .0 5 9
A /G S Z 1 3 0 4 2 1
0 .0 7 4
A /G S X 1 3 0 3 0 1 B*
V SX130301A *
0 .0 6 1
A /G S Z 1 3 0 4 8 1
GSZ 130483A *
GSZ 130484A *
0 .0 7 8
A /G S X 1 3 0 3 6 1 A
0 .0 6 8
A /G S Z 1 3 0 6 0 1
GSZ 130603A *
GSZ 130604A *
0 .0 8 8
A /G S X 1 3 0 3 6 1 B*
V SX130361A *
GSX130363A *
0 .0 7 0
SSZ 140361A *
0 .0 7 0
A /G S X 1 3 0 4 2 1 A
0 .0 7 4
SSZ 140421A *
0 .0 7 6
A /G S X 1 3 0 4 2 1 B*
V SX130421A *
0 .0 7 6
SSZ 140481A *
0 .0 8 0
A /G S X 1 3 0 4 8 1 A
0 .0 8 0
SSZ 140601A *
0 .0 8 8
0 .0 8 0
V SZ 130181A *
0 .0 4 9
c. Low temperature difference across coil.
A /G S X 1 3 0 4 8 1 B*
V SX130481A *
GSX130483A *
GSX130484A *
d. Low amp draw at compressor.
A /G S X 1 3 0 6 0 1 A *
0 .0 9 2
V SZ 130241A *
0 .0 5 7
A /G S X 1 3 0 6 0 1 B*
V S X 1 3 0 6 0 1 B*
GSX130603A *
GSX130604A *
0 .0 8 6
V SZ 130301A *
0 .0 6 3
SSX140181A
0 .0 4 9
V SZ 130361A *
0 .0 6 8
SSX140241A
0 .0 5 7
V SZ 130421A *
0 .0 7 4
SSX140301A
0 .0 6 3
V SZ 130481A *
0 .0 7 8
SSX140361A
0 .0 6 7
V SZ 130601A *
0 .0 8 8
SSX140421A
0 .0 7 4
a. Below normal high side pressure.
b. Above normal low side pressure.
And the charge is correct. The compressor is faulty - replace
the compressor.
100
SSX140421B
0 .0 7 4
SSX140481A
0 .0 7 9
SSX140601A
0 .0 8 8
A /S S X 1 4 0 1 8 1 B
0 .0 5 2
A /S S X 1 4 0 2 4 1 B
0 .0 5 5
A /S S X 1 4 0 3 0 1 B
0 .0 6 5
A /S S X 1 4 0 3 6 1 B
0 .0 6 8
A /S S X 1 4 0 4 2 1 C
0 .0 7 0
SERVICING
S-105B THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVE
S-107 UNDERFEEDING
The expansion valve is designed to control the rate of liquid
refrigerant flow into an evaporator coil in exact proportion to
the rate of evaporation of the refrigerant in the coil. The
amount of refrigerant entering the coil is regulated since the
valve responds to temperature of the refrigerant gas leaving
the coil (feeler bulb contact) and the pressure of the refrigerant
in the coil. This regulation of the flow prevents the return of
liquid refrigerant to the compressor.
Underfeeding by the expansion valve results in low system
capacity and low suction pressures.
The illustration below shows typical heatpump TXV/check
valve operation in the heating and cooling modes.
COOLING
HEATING
TXV VALVES
Some TXV valves contain an internal check valve thus
eliminating the need for an external check valve and bypass
loop. The three forces which govern the operation of the valve
are: (1) the pressure created in the power assembly by the
feeler bulb, (2) evaporator pressure, and (3) the equivalent
pressure of the superheat spring in the valve.
0% bleed type expansion valves are used on indoor and
outdoor coils. The 0% bleed valve will not allow the system
pressures (High and Low side) to equalize during the shut
down period. The valve will shut off completely at approximately 100 PSIG.
30% bleed valves used on some other models will continue
to allow some equalization even though the valve has shut-off
completely because of the bleed holes within the valve. This
type of valve should not be used as a replacement for a 0%
bleed valve, due to the resulting drop in performance.
The bulb must be securely fastened with two straps to a clean
straight section of the suction line. Application of the bulb to
a horizontal run of line is preferred. If a vertical installation
cannot be avoided, the bulb must be mounted so that the
capillary tubing comes out at the top.
THE VALVES PROVIDED BY GOODMAN ARE DESIGNED
TO MEET THE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR
OPTIMUM PRODUCT OPERATION. DO NOT USE SUBSTITUTES.
S-106 OVERFEEDING
Overfeeding by the expansion valve results in high suction
pressure, cold suction line, and possible liquid slugging of the
compressor.
If these symptoms are observed:
1. Check for an overcharged unit by referring to the cooling
performance charts in the servicing section.
If these symptoms are observed:
1. Check for a restricted liquid line or drier. A restriction will
be indicated by a temperature drop across the drier.
2. Check the operation of the power element of the valve as
described in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.
S-108 SUPERHEAT
The expansion valves are factory adjusted to maintain 8 to 12
degrees superheat of the suction gas. Before checking the
superheat or replacing the valve, perform all the procedures
outlined under Air Flow, Refrigerant Charge, Expansion Valve
- Overfeeding, Underfeeding. These are the most common
causes for evaporator malfunction.
CHECKING SUPERHEAT
Refrigerant gas is considered superheated when its temperature is higher than the saturation temperature corresponding
to its pressure. The degree of superheat equals the degrees
of temperature increase above the saturation temperature at
existing pressure. See Temperature - Pressure Chart on
following pages.
CAUTION
To prevent personal injury, carefully connect and
disconnect manifold gauge hoses. Escaping liquid
refrigerant can cause burns. Do not vent refrigerant
to atmosphere. Recover during system repair
or final unit disposal.
1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to
stabilize.
2. Temporarily install thermometer on suction (large) line
near suction line service valve with adequate contact and
insulate for best possible reading.
3. Refer to the superheat table provided for proper system
superheat. Add charge to lower superheat or recover
charge to raise superheat.
Superheat Formula = Suct. Line Temp. - Sat. Suct. Temp.
EXAMPLE:
a. Suction Pressure = 143
b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 50
c. Thermometer on Suction Line = 61°F.
To obtain the degrees temperature of superheat, subtract
50.0 from 61.0°F.
The difference is 11° Superheat. The 11° Superheat would fall
in the ± range of allowable superheat.
2. Check the operation of the power element in the valve as
explained in S-110 Checking Expansion Valve Operation.
3. Check for restricted or plugged equalizer tube.
101
SERVICING
Pressure vs. Temperature Chart
R-410A
PSIG
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
°F
-37.7
-34.7
-32.0
-29.4
-36.9
-24.5
-22.2
-20.0
-17.9
-15.8
-13.8
-11.9
-10.1
-8.3
-6.5
-4.5
-3.2
-1.6
0.0
1.5
3.0
4.5
5.9
7.3
8.6
10.0
11.3
12.6
13.8
15.1
16.3
17.5
18.7
19.8
21.0
22.1
23.2
24.3
25.4
26.4
27.4
28.5
29.5
30.5
31.2
32.2
33.2
34.1
35.1
35.5
36.9
PSIG
114.0
116.0
118.0
120.0
122.0
124.0
126.0
128.0
130.0
132.0
134.0
136.0
138.0
140.0
142.0
144.0
146.0
148.0
150.0
152.0
154.0
156.0
158.0
160.0
162.0
164.0
166.0
168.0
170.0
172.0
174.0
176.0
178.0
180.0
182.0
184.0
186.0
188.0
190.0
192.0
194.0
196.0
198.0
200.0
202.0
204.0
206.0
208.0
210.0
212.0
214.0
°F
37.8
38.7
39.5
40.5
41.3
42.2
43.0
43.8
44.7
45.5
46.3
47.1
47.9
48.7
49.5
50.3
51.1
51.8
52.5
53.3
54.0
54.8
55.5
56.2
57.0
57.7
58.4
59.0
59.8
60.5
61.1
61.8
62.5
63.1
63.8
64.5
65.1
65.8
66.4
67.0
67.7
68.3
68.9
69.5
70.1
70.7
71.4
72.0
72.6
73.2
73.8
*Based on ALLIED SIGNAL Data
102
PSIG
216.0
218.0
220.0
222.0
224.0
226.0
228.0
230.0
232.0
234.0
236.0
238.0
240.0
242.0
244.0
246.0
248.0
250.0
252.0
254.0
256.0
258.0
260.0
262.0
264.0
266.0
268.0
270.0
272.0
274.0
276.0
278.0
280.0
282.0
284.0
286.0
288.0
290.0
292.0
294.0
296.0
298.0
300.0
302.0
304.0
306.0
308.0
310.0
312.0
314.0
316.0
°F
74.3
74.9
75.5
76.1
76.7
77.2
77.8
78.4
78.9
79.5
80.0
80.6
81.1
81.6
82.2
82.7
83.3
83.8
84.3
84.8
85.4
85.9
86.4
86.9
87.4
87.9
88.4
88.9
89.4
89.9
90.4
90.9
91.4
91.9
92.4
92.8
93.3
93.8
94.3
94.8
95.2
95.7
96.2
96.6
97.1
97.5
98.0
98.4
98.9
99.3
99.7
PSIG
318.0
320.0
322.0
324.0
326.0
328.0
330.0
332.0
334.0
336.0
338.0
340.0
342.0
344.0
346.0
348.0
350.0
352.0
354.0
356.0
358.0
360.0
362.0
364.0
366.0
368.0
370.0
372.0
374.0
376.0
378.0
380.0
382.0
384.0
386.0
388.0
390.0
392.0
394.0
396.0
398.0
400.0
402.0
404.0
406.0
408.0
410.0
412.0
414.0
416.0
418.0
°F
100.2
100.7
101.1
101.6
102.0
102.4
102.9
103.3
103.7
104.2
104.6
105.1
105.4
105.8
106.3
106.6
107.1
107.5
107.9
108.3
108.8
109.2
109.6
110.0
110.4
110.8
111.2
111.6
112.0
112.4
112.6
113.1
113.5
113.9
114.3
114.7
115.0
115.5
115.8
116.2
116.6
117.0
117.3
117.7
118.1
118.5
118.8
119.2
119.6
119.9
120.3
PSIG
420.0
422.0
424.0
426.0
428.0
430.0
432.0
434.0
436.0
438.0
440.0
442.0
444.0
446.0
448.0
450.0
452.0
454.0
456.0
458.0
460.0
462.0
464.0
466.0
468.0
470.0
472.0
474.0
476.0
478.0
480.0
482.0
484.0
486.0
488.0
490.0
492.0
494.0
496.0
498.0
500.0
502.0
504.0
506.0
508.0
510.0
512.0
514.0
516.0
518.0
520.0
°F
120.7
121.0
121.4
121.7
122.1
122.5
122.8
123.2
123.5
123.9
124.2
124.6
124.9
125.3
125.6
126.0
126.3
126.6
127.0
127.3
127.7
128.0
128.3
128.7
129.0
129.3
129.7
130.0
130.3
130.7
131.0
131.3
131.6
132.0
132.3
132.6
132.9
133.3
133.6
133.9
134.0
134.5
134.8
135.2
135.5
135.8
136.1
136.4
136.7
137.0
137.3
PSIG
522.0
524.0
526.0
528.0
530.0
532.0
534.0
536.0
538.0
540.0
544.0
548.0
552.0
556.0
560.0
564.0
568.0
572.0
576.0
580.0
584.0
588.0
592.0
596.0
600.0
604.0
608.0
612.0
616.0
620.0
624.0
628.0
632.0
636.0
640.0
644.0
648.0
652.0
656.0
660.0
664.0
668.0
672.0
676.0
680.0
684.0
688.0
692.0
696.0
°F
137.6
137.9
138.3
138.6
138.9
139.2
139.5
139.8
140.1
140.4
141.0
141.6
142.1
142.7
143.3
143.9
144.5
145.0
145.6
146.2
146.7
147.3
147.9
148.4
149.0
149.5
150.1
150.6
151.2
151.7
152.3
152.8
153.4
153.9
154.5
155.0
155.5
156.1
156.6
157.1
157.7
158.2
158.7
159.2
159.8
160.3
160.8
161.3
161.8
SERVICING
REQUIRED LIQUID LINE TEMPERATURE
LIQUID PRESSURE
AT SERVICE VALVE (PSIG)
189
195
202
208
215
222
229
236
243
251
259
266
274
283
291
299
308
317
326
335
345
354
364
374
384
395
406
416
427
439
450
462
474
486
499
511
8
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
126
128
REQUIRED SUBCOOLING TEMPERATURE (°F)
10
12
14
16
56
54
52
50
58
56
54
52
60
58
56
54
62
60
58
56
64
62
60
58
66
64
62
60
68
66
64
62
70
68
66
64
72
70
68
66
74
72
70
68
76
74
72
70
78
76
74
72
80
78
76
74
82
80
78
76
84
82
80
78
86
84
82
80
88
86
84
82
90
88
86
84
92
90
88
86
94
92
90
88
96
94
92
90
98
96
94
92
100
98
96
94
102
100
98
96
104
102
100
98
106
104
102
100
108
106
104
102
110
108
106
104
112
110
108
106
114
112
110
108
116
114
112
110
118
116
114
112
120
118
116
114
122
120
118
116
124
122
120
118
126
124
122
120
18
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
103
SERVICING
SUPERHEAT AND SUBCOOLING ADJUSTMENT ON TXV
APPLICATIONS
1. Run system at least 10 minutes to allow pressure to
stabilize.
2. Temporarily install thermometer on liquid (small) line
near liquid line service valve with adequate contact and
insulate for best possible reading.
3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXV
application should have a subcooling and superheat of
7 ± 2ºF.
a.
If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV
to 7 - 9ºF then check subcooling.
b.
If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add
charge to raise subcooling to 7 ± 2ºF then check
superheat.
c.
If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV
valve to 7 ± 9ºF then check subcooling.
d.
If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust
TXV valve to 7 to 9ºF superheat and remove
charge to lower the subcooling to 7 ± 2ºF.
The TXV should NOT be adjusted at light load conditions
55º to 60ºF, under such conditions only the subcooling
can be evaluated. This is because suction pressure is
dependent on the indoor coil match, indoor airflow, and
wet bulb temperature. NOTE: Do NOT adjust charge
based on suction pressure unless there is a gross
undercharge.
4. Disconnect manifold set. Installation is complete.
S-109 CHECKING SUBCOOLING
Refrigerant liquid is considered subcooled when its temperature is lower than the saturation temperature corresponding
to its pressure. The degree of subcooling equals the degrees
of temperature decrease below the saturation temperature at
the existing pressure.
6. The difference between the thermometer reading and
pressure to temperature conversion is the amount of
subcooling.
Add charge to raise subcooling. Recover charge to lower
subcooling.
Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid Line
Temp.
EXAMPLE:
a. Liquid Line Pressure = 417
b. Corresponding Temp. °F. = 120°
c. Thermometer on Liquid line = 109°F.
To obtain the amount of subcooling subtract 109°F from
120°F.
The difference is 11° subcooling. See the specification sheet
or technical information manual for the design subcooling
range for your unit.
S-109A TWO SPEED APPLICATION
Run the remote on low stage cooling for 10 minutes until
refrigerant pressures stabilize. Follow the guidelines and
methods below to check unit operation and ensure that the
refrigerant charge is within limits. Charge the unit on low
stage.
1. Purge gauge lines. Connect service gauge manifold to
base-valve service ports. Run system at least 10 minutes
to allow pressure to stabilize.
2. Temporarily install thermometer on liquid (small) line
near liquid line service valve with adequate contact and
insulate for best possible reading.
3. Check subcooling and superheat. Systems with TXV
application should have a subcooling of 5 to 7 ºF and
superheat of 7 to 9 ºF.
a.
NOTE: To adjust superheat, turn the valve stem
clockwise to increase and counter clockwise to
decrease.
1. Attach an accurate thermometer or preferably a thermocouple type temperature tester to the liquid line as it
leaves the condensing unit.
2. Install a high side pressure gauge on the high side (liquid)
service valve at the front of the unit.
3. Record the gauge pressure and the temperature of the
line.
4. Review the technical information manual or specification
sheet for the model being serviced to obtain the design
subcooling.
5. Compare the hi-pressure reading to the "Required Liquid
Line Temperature" chart (page 43). Find the hi-pressure
value on the left column. Follow that line right to the
column under the design subcooling value. Where the two
intersect is the required liquid line temperature.
Alternately you can convert the liquid line pressure gauge
reading to temperature by finding the gauge reading in
Temperature - Pressure Chart and reading to the left, find
the temperature in the °F. Column.
104
If subcooling and superheat are low, adjust TXV to
7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcooling.
b.
If subcooling is low and superheat is high, add
charge to raise subcooling to 5 to 7 ºF then check
superheat.
c.
If subcooling and superheat are high, adjust TXV
valve to 7 to 9 ºF superheat, then check subcooling.
d.
If subcooling is high and superheat is low, adjust
TXV valve to 7 to 9 ºF superheat and remove
charge to lower the subcooling to 5 to 7 ºF.
NOTE: Do NOT adjust the charge based on suction
pressure unless there is a gross undercharge.
4. Disconnect manifold set, installation is complete.
Subcooling Formula = Sat. Liquid Temp. - Liquid Line Temp.
SERVICING
S-110 CHECKING EXPANSION VALVE
OPERATION
1. Remove the remote bulb of the expansion valve from the
suction line.
2. Start the system and cool the bulb in a container of ice
water, closing the valve. As you cool the bulb, the suction
pressure should fall and the suction temperature will rise.
3. Next warm the bulb in your hand. As you warm the bulb,
the suction pressure should rise and the suction temperature will fall.
4. If a temperature or pressure change is noticed, the
expansion valve is operating. If no change is noticed, the
valve is restricted, the power element is faulty, or the
equalizer tube is plugged.
5. Capture the charge, replace the valve and drier, evacuate
and recharge.
S-111 FIXED ORIFICE RESTRICTOR DEVICES
The fixed orifice restrictor device (flowrator) used in conjunction with the indoor coil is a predetermined bore (I.D.).
It is designed to control the rate of liquid refrigerant flow into
an evaporator coil.
The amount of refrigerant that flows through the fixed orifice
restrictor device is regulated by the pressure difference
between the high and low sides of the system.
In the cooling cycle when the outdoor air temperature rises,
the high side condensing pressure rises. At the same time,
the cooling load on the indoor coil increases, causing the low
side pressure to rise, but at a slower rate.
Since the high side pressure rises faster when the temperature increases, more refrigerant flows to the evaporator,
increasing the cooling capacity of the system.
When the outdoor temperature falls, the reverse takes place.
The condensing pressure falls, and the cooling loads on the
indoor coil decreases, causing less refrigerant flow.
A strainer is placed on the entering side of the tube to prevent
any foreign material from becoming lodged inside the fixed
orifice restriction device.
If a restriction should become evident, proceed as follows:
If it takes more than seven (7) minutes to equalize, the
restrictor device is inoperative. Replace, install a liquid line
drier, evacuate and recharge.
S-112 CHECKING RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE
When the system is operating, the liquid line is warm to the
touch. If the liquid line is restricted, a definite temperature
drop will be noticed at the point of restriction. In severe
cases, frost will form at the restriction and extend down the
line in the direction of the flow.
Discharge and suction pressures will be low, giving the
appearance of an undercharged unit. However, the unit will
have normal to high subcooling.
Locate the restriction, replace the restricted part, replace
drier, evacuate and recharge.
S-113 OVERCHARGE OF REFRIGERANT
An overcharge of refrigerant is normally indicated by an
excessively high head pressure.
An evaporator coil, using an expansion valve metering device,
will basically modulate and control a flooded evaporator and
prevent liquid return to the compressor.
An evaporator coil, using a capillary tube metering device,
could allow refrigerant to return to the compressor under
extreme overcharge conditions. Also with a capillary tube
metering device, extreme cases of insufficient indoor air can
cause icing of the indoor coil and liquid return to the
compressor, but the head pressure would be lower.
There are other causes for high head pressure which may be
found in the "Service Problem Analysis Guide."
If other causes check out normal, an overcharge or a system
containing non-condensables would be indicated.
If this system is observed:
1. Start the system.
2. Remove and capture small quantities of gas from the
suction line dill valve until the head pressure is reduced
to normal.
3. Observe the system while running a cooling performance
test. If a shortage of refrigerant is indicated, then the
system contains non-condensables.
1. Recover refrigerant charge.
2. Remove the orifice or tube strainer assembly and replace.
S-114 NON-CONDENSABLES
3. Replace liquid line drier, evacuate and recharge.
If non-condensables are suspected, shut down the system
and allow the pressures to equalize. Wait at least 15
minutes. Compare the pressure to the temperature of the
coldest coil since this is where most of the refrigerant will be.
If the pressure indicates a higher temperature than that of the
coil temperature, non-condensables are present.
CHECKING EQUALIZATION TIME
During the "OFF" cycle, the high side pressure bleeds to the
low side through the fixed orifice restriction device. Check
equalization time as follows:
1. Attach a gauge manifold to the suction and liquid line dill
valves.
2. Start the system and allow the pressures to stabilize.
Non-condensables are removed from the system by first
removing the refrigerant charge, replacing and/or installing
liquid line drier, evacuating and recharging.
3. Stop the system and check the time it takes for the high
and low pressure gauge readings to equalize.
105
SERVICING
S-115 COMPRESSOR BURNOUT
When a compressor burns out, high temperature develops
causing the refrigerant, oil and motor insulation to decompose forming acids and sludge.
If a compressor is suspected of being burned-out, attach a
refrigerant hose to the liquid line dill valve and properly remove
and dispose of the refrigerant.
NOTICE
Violation of EPA regulations may result in fines
or other penalties.
6. Start up the unit and record the pressure drop across the
drier.
7. Continue to run the system for a minimum of twelve (12)
hours and recheck the pressure drop across the drier.
Pressure drop should not exceed 6 PSIG.
8. Continue to run the system for several days, repeatedly
checking pressure drop across the suction line drier. If
the pressure drop never exceeds the 6 PSIG, the drier has
trapped the contaminants. Remove the suction line drier
from the system.
9. If the pressure drop becomes greater, then it must be
replaced and steps 5 through 9 repeated until it does not
exceed 6 PSIG.
Now determine if a burn out has actually occurred. Confirm
by analyzing an oil sample using a Sporlan Acid Test Kit, AK3 or its equivalent.
NOTICE: Regardless, the cause for burnout must be determined and corrected before the new compressor is started.
Remove the compressor and obtain an oil sample from the
suction stub. If the oil is not acidic, either a burnout has not
occurred or the burnout is so mild that a complete clean-up
is not necessary.
S-120 REFRIGERANT PIPING
If acid level is unacceptable, the system must be cleaned by
using the clean-up drier method.
CAUTION
Do not allow the sludge or oil to contact the skin.
Severe burns may result.
NOTE: The Flushing Method using R-11 refrigerant is no
longer approved by Amana® Brand Heating-Cooling.
Suction Line Drier Clean-Up Method
The POE oils used with R410A refrigerant is an excellent
solvent. In the case of a burnout, the POE oils will remove any
burnout residue left in the system. If not captured by the
refrigerant filter, they will collect in the compressor or other
system components, causing a failure of the replacement
compressor and/or spread contaminants throughout the
system, damaging additional components.
The piping of a refrigeration system is very important in
relation to system capacity, proper oil return to compressor,
pumping rate of compressor and cooling performance of the
evaporator.
POE oils maintain a consistent viscosity over a large temperature range which aids in the oil return to the compressor;
however, there will be some installations which require oil
return traps. These installations should be avoided whenever
possible, as adding oil traps to the refrigerant lines also
increases the opportunity for debris and moisture to be
introduced into the system. Avoid long running traps in
horizontal suction line.
LONG LINE SET APPLICATION R-410A
This long line set application guideline applies to all AHRI
listed R-410A air conditioner and heat pump split system
matches of nominal capacity 18,000 to 60,000 Btuh. This
guideline will cover installation requirements and additional
accessories needed for split system installations where the
line set exceeds 80 feet in actual length.
Accessories for lines greater than 80 feet:
Use AMANA® brand part number RF000127 suction line filter
drier kit. This drier should be installed as close to the
compressor suction fitting as possible. The filter must be
accessible and be rechecked for a pressure drop after the
system has operated for a time. It may be necessary to use
new tubing and form as required.
1. Crankcase Heater- a long line set application can
critically increase the charge level needed for a system.
As a result, the system is very prone to refrigerant
migration during its off-cycle and a crankcase heater will
help minimize this risk. A crankcase heater is required for
any long line application (50 watt minimum).
NOTE: At least twelve (12) inches of the suction line
immediately out of the compressor stub must be discarded
due to burned residue and contaminates.
2. For all line set applications over 80 feet a TXV is recommended. The subcooling should be 6º ± 2º.
1. Remove compressor discharge line strainer.
2. Remove the liquid line drier and expansion valve.
3 Purge all remaining components with dry nitrogen or
carbon dioxide until clean.
4. Install new components including liquid line drier.
5. Braze all joints, leak test, evacuate, and recharge system.
106
3. Hard Start Assist- increased charge level in long line
applications can require extra work from the compressor
at start-up. A hard start assist device may be required to
overcome this.
4. Liquid Line Solenoid - a long line set application can
critically increase the charge level needed for a system.
As a result, the system is very prone to refrigerant
SERVICING
migration during its off-cycle and a liquid line solenoid will
help minimize this. A liquid line solenoid is recommended for any long line application on straight cooling
units.
Tube Sizing:
1. In long line applications, the “equivalent line length” is the
sum of the straight length portions of the suction line plus
losses (in equivalent length) from 45 and 90 degree
bends. Select the proper suction tube size based on
equivalent length of the suction line (see Tables 4 &
5) and recalculated system capacity.
Equivalent length =
Length horizontal
Insulate the liquid line if it passes through an area
of 120°F or greater. Do not attach the liquid line to
any non-insulated portion of the suction line.
6. Vibration and Noise: In long line applications, refrigerant tubing is highly prone to transmit noise and vibration
to the structure it is fastened to. Use adequate vibrationisolating hardware when mounting line set to adjacent
structure.
Table 4 lists multiplier values to recalculate system-cooling
capacity as a function of a system’s equivalent line length (as
calculated from the suction line) and the selected suction
tube size. Table 5 lists the equivalent length gained from
adding bends to the suction line. Properly size the suction
line to minimize capacity loss.
+ Length vertical
+ Losses from bends (see Tables 4 & 5)
Example using ¾” elbow:
150 feet of straight tubing + (four short radius elbows
x 1.7) + (2 long radius elbows x 1.5) = 150 + 3.4 +3 =
156.4 equivalent feet.
2. For any residential split system installed with a long
line set, 3/8" liquid line size must be used. Limiting
the liquid line size to 3/8" is critical since an increased
refrigerant charge level from having a larger liquid line
could possibly shorten a compressor’s life-span.
TABLE 4. CAPACITY MULTIPLIERS AS A FUNCTION OF
SUCTION LINE SIZE & EQUIVALENT LENGTH
Suction
Dia
(in)
25
1/2
0.99
18000
5/8
1.00
3/4
1.00
Unit
Ca pa city
Le ngth (ft)
50
75
100 125
0.97 0.96 0.94 0.94
0.99 0.99 0.99 0.98
1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99
150
0.93
0.98
0.99
3. Single Stage Condensing Unit: The maximum length
of tubing must not exceed 150 feet.
24000
5/8
3/4
7/8
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.97
0.99
0.99
0.97
0.99
0.99
• 80 feet is the maximum recommended vertical difference
between the condenser and evaporator when the evaporator is above the condenser. Equivalent length is not to
exceed 150 feet.
30000
5/8
3/4
7/8
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.97
0.99
1.00
0.96
0.99
1.00
0.96
0.98
0.99
36000
5/8
3/4
7/8
1 1/8
0.99
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.98
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.96
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.95
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.94
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.93
0.98
0.99
1.00
42000
3/4
7/8
1 1/8
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.99
1.00
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.97
0.99
1.00
0.97
0.99
1.00
48000
3/4
7/8
1 1/8
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.99
0.99
1.00
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.97
0.99
1.00
0.96
0.98
1.00
0.96
0.98
1.00
60000
3/4
7/8
1 1/8
0.99
1.00
1.00
0.98
0.99
1.00
0.97
0.98
1.00
0.96
0.98
0.99
0.94
0.97
0.99
0.93
0.97
0.99
• The vertical difference between the condenser and evaporator when the evaporator is below the condenser can
approach 150 feet, as long as the equivalent length does
not exceed 150 feet.
• The distance between the condenser and evaporator in a
completely horizontal installation in which the indoor and
outdoor unit do not differ more than 10 feet in vertical
distance from each other can approach 150 feet, as long
as the equivalent length does not exceed 150 feet.
4. Two-Stage Condensing Unit: The maximum length of
tubing must not exceed 80 feet where indoor coil is
located above the outdoor unit.
NOTE: When the outdoor unit is located above the
indoor coil, the maximum vertical rise must not exceed
25 feet. If the maximum vertical rise exceeds 25 feet,
premature compressor failure will occur due to inadequate oil return.
5. Most refrigerant tubing kits are supplied with 3/8"thick insulation on the vapor line. For long line
installations over 80 feet that pass through a high
ambient temperature, ½”-thick suction line insulation is recommended to reduce loss of capacity.
107
SERVICING
NOTE: For a condenser with a liquid valve tube connection
less than 3/8" diameter, use 3/8" liquid line tubing for a line
set greater than 25 feet.
TABLE 5. LOSSES FROM SUCTION LINE ELBOWS
(EQUIVALENT LENGTH, FT.)
Type of elbow fitting
90° short radius
90° long radius
45°
3/4
1.7
1.5
0.7
I.D. (in.)
7/8
2
1.7
0.8
1-1/8
2.3
1.6
1
Mounting the condensing unit above the
evaporator coil will require an oil trap in
the suction line. Install one oil trap at the
evaporator, for a height difference of more than
15 feet between indoor and outdoor units.
Installation Requirements
1. In a completely horizontal installation with a long line set
where the evaporator is at the same altitude as (or
slightly below) the condenser, the line set should be
sloped towards the evaporator. This helps reduce
refrigerant migration to the condenser during a system’s
off-cycle.
2. For a system installation where the evaporator is above
the condenser, an inverted vapor line trap should be
installed on the suction line just before the inlet to the
evaporator (see Fig 6). The top of the inverted loop must
be slightly above the top of the evaporator coil and can
be created simply by brazing two 90° long radius elbows
together, if a bending tool is unavailable. Properly
support and secure the inverted loop to the nearest point
on the indoor unit or adjacent structure.
Fig 7. Oil Trap Placement
Oil Trap Construction
Long Radius Street Ell
45 °
Ell
45°
Street
Ell
Short Radius
Street Ell
Fig 8. Oil Trap
Fig 6. Evaporator unit with inverted vapor loop
3. An oil trap is required at the evaporator if the
condenser is above the evaporator. Depending on
the vertical rise of the line set, oil traps are required in the
suction line. Oil traps should be installed at evaporator,
in the suction line. Install one oil trap for a height
difference of more than 15 feet between indoor and
outdoor units. Preformed oil traps are available at most
HVAC supply houses, or oil traps may be created by
brazing tubing elbows together (see diagram below).
Remember to add the equivalent length from oil traps to
the equivalent length calculation of the suction line. For
example, if you construct an oil trap using two 45°
elbows, one short and one long 90° elbow in a ¾”
diameter suction line, the additional equivalent length
would be 0.7+ 0.7+1.7+1.5, which equals 4.6 feet (refer
to Table 5).
108
4. Low voltage wiring. Verify low voltage wiring size is
adequate for the length used since it will be increased
in a long line application.
Initial System Charging
R-410A condensers are factory charged for 15 feet of line set.
To calculate the amount of extra refrigerant (in ounces)
needed for a line set over 15 feet, multiply the additional length
of line set by 0.6 ounces. Note for the formula below, the linear
feet of line set is the actual length of liquid line (or suction line,
since both should be equal) used, not the equivalent length
calculated for the suction line.
SERVICING
Use subcooling as the primary method for final system
charging of long line set system application.
Extra refrigerant needed =
(Linear feet of line set – 15 ft.) x X oz./ft.
Where X = 0.6 for 3/8" liquid tubing
Remember, 3/8" liquid tubing is required for all long line
set applications.
Heat pumps should be checked in both heating and cooling
mode for proper charge level. This guideline is meant to
provide installation instructions based on most common long
line set applications. Installation variables may affect system
operation.
Follow the charging procedures in the outdoor unit I/O manual
to ensure proper superheat and sub-cooling levels, especially
on a system with a TXV installed in the indoor unit. Heat
pumps should be checked in both heating and cooling mode
for proper charge level. This guideline is meant to provide
installation instructions based on most common long line set
applications. Installation variables may affect system
operation.
TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC
NOTE: Both readings may be taken simultaneously and read
directly on the manometer if so desired.
4. Consult proper table for quantity of air.
If external static pressure is being measured on a furnace to
determine airflow, supply static must be taken between the
"A" coil and the furnace.
NO ADDITIONAL COMPRESSOR OIL IS NEEDED FOR
LONG LINE SET APPLICATIONS ON RESIDENTIAL SPLIT
SYSTEMS.
S-202 DUCT STATIC PRESSURES AND/OR
STATIC PRESSURE DROP
ACROSS COILS
Air Flow
This minimum and maximum allowable duct static pressure
for the indoor sections are found in the specifications section.
Tables are also provided for each coil, listing quantity of air
(CFM) versus static pressure drop across the coil.
Too great an external static pressure will result in insufficient
air that can cause icing of the coil. Too much air can cause
poor humidity control and condensate to be pulled off the
evaporator coil causing condensate leakage. Too much air
can also cause motor overloading and in many cases this
constitutes a poorly designed system.
S-203 AIR HANDLER EXTERNAL STATIC
To determine proper air movement, proceed as follows:
1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), measure the
static pressure of the return duct at the inlet of the unit,
(Negative Pressure).
TOTAL EXTERNAL STATIC
S-204 COIL STATIC PRESSURE DROP
1. Using a draft gauge (inclined manometer), connect the
positive probe underneath the coil and the negative probe
above the coil.
2. A direct reading can be taken of the static pressure drop
across the coil.
3. Consult proper table for quantity of air.
2. Measure the static pressure of the supply duct, (Positive
Pressure).
3. Add the two readings together.
109
SERVICING
STATIC PRESSURE DROP
If the total external static pressure and/or static pressure drop
exceeds the maximum or minimum allowable statics, check
for closed dampers, dirty filters, undersized or poorly laid out
duct work.
110
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
ALL FUEL SYSTEM AFE18-60A CONTROL BOARD
24VAC
F1
3A
P1-8
POWER SUPPLY
INPUT
FURNACE DEMAND
OUTPUT
BLOWER FAN DEMAND
OUTPUT
POWER SUPPLY INPUT
(COMMON)
SECOND STAGE FURNACE
DEMAND OUTPUT
COMPRESSOR OUTPUT
+VD C
R
POWER
SUPPLY
P1-7
F
U
R
N
A
C
E
SECOND STAGE
COMPRESSOR OUTPUT
REVERSING VALVE
OUTPUT
W1
P1-4
+5VDC
W1-FURN
W2-HP
+VD C
G
24VAC
P1-6
C
G-STAT
C
K1
P1-5
G-FURN
W2
P1-2
Y
P1-3
K2
Y2-HP
Y2
P1-1
+VD C
O
Y2-STAT
Y2-FURN
24VAC
P2-2
POWER SUPPLY OUT
TO THERMOSTAT
CALL FOR
REVERSING VALVE
CALL FOR
COMPRESSOR
CALL FOR
EMERGENCY HEAT
CALL FOR
BLOWER FAN
CALL FOR
FURNACE HEAT
POWER SUPPLY COMMON
OUT TO THERMOSTAT
CALL FOR 2ND STAGE
FURNACE HEAT
CALL FOR 2ND STAGE
COMPRESSOR
T
H
E
R
M
O
S
T
A
T
K4
R
Y-STAT
Y-FURN
Q1
P2-1
O
P2-7
Y-HP
Y
P2-8
K3
E
P2-5
G
Q2
+5VDC
P2-9
W1
P2-3
C
E/W1
C
P2-4
1.0K
W2
P2-6
Y2
24VAC
O
MICROPROCESSOR
P3-9
POWER SUPPLY OUT
TO HP CONTROL
HP CALL FOR FURNACE
(DURING DEFROST)
REVERSING
VALVE OUTPUT
COMPRESSOR
CONTACTOR OUTPUT
POWER SUPPLY COMMON
OUT TO HP CONTROL
R
6.8K
P3-8
H
E
A
T
W2
P3-7
Y
O
P3-2
Y
6.8K
P3-6
C
P
U
M
P
ODT (OUTDOOR
THERMOSTAT)
2ND STAGE COMPRESSOR
DEMAND OUTPUT
C
P3-3
OT-NO
P3-1
OT-NC
P3-4
OT-C
P3-5
2
Y2
1
BREAK FOR ODT
ALL FUEL CONTROL BOARD - AFE18-60A
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
(For use with Heat Pumps in conjunction with 80% or 90% Single-Stage or Two-Stage Furnaces)
111
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
10kw and Below, One Stage Electric Heat
G
IT
E
R
ED
G
C
W
H
BL
R
EE
U
E
N
From Air Handler
W2
R
C
G
WHITE
W2
1
4
1
BROWN
BLACK
RED
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
E
R
OT/EHR18-60
Indoor Thermostat
2
2
3
BLUE
O
Y
C
R
W2
O
Y
R
L
YE
O
W
E
W
G
LO
AN
TE
HI
ED
R
UE
BL
From Outdoor Unit
15kw and Above, Two Stage Electric Heat
SEE NOTE
W2
W
R
ED
BR
O
G
H
IT
E
C
W
N
G
R
EE
BL
U
E
N
From Air Handler
W3
R
C
G
BROWN
W2
BLACK
RED
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
E
R
OT/EHR18-60
O
Y
C
R
W2
O
Y
W
E
E
IT
O
LL
H
G
AN
R
YE
O
W
ED
R
E
U
BL
Note:
When using a Thermostat with only one
stage for electric heat (W2), tie white and
brown wires from air handler together.
From Outdoor Unit
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
112
Indoor Thermostat
2
WHITE
1
2
4
1
3
BLUE
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
15kw and Above with Two OT/EHR18-60's, Two Stage Electric Heat and Two Stage Thermostat
W2
RE
D
BR
O
W
G
IT
E
C
W
H
G
RE
EN
OT/EHR18-60 #1
BL
UE
N
From Air Handler
W3
R
C
G
WHITE
W2
1
4
1
BROWN
BLACK
RED
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
W3
THERMOSTAT
E
R
OT/EHR18-60 #2
Indoor Thermostat
2
2
3
BLUE
O
Y
2
2
3
BLUE
WHITE
1
4
1
BROWN
BLACK
RED
EMERGENCY
HEAT
RELAY
THERMOSTAT
Y
NG
RA
O
W
O
LL
YE
E
O
E
IT
W2
H
W
UE
BL
R
D
RE
C
From Outdoor Unit
Typical Wiring Schematics for OT/EHR18-60 (Outdoor Thermostat & Emergency Heat Relay).
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
113
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
FL
FL
FL
FL
HTR2 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
FL
FL
HTR1 TL
RD
BK
BK
BK
HTR2 TL
FL
RD
1
RD
HTR3 TL
FL
2
BK
HTR2 TL
YL
HTR3 TL
BK
BK
HTR1 TL
1
BK
HTR4 TL
1
BL
BK
RD
2
PU
BK
3
YL
PU
4
M1
R
BK
RD
5
M2
M1
M1
4
M3
WH
BK
M2
M2
5
M4
WH
3
M4
M1
YL
R2
RD
5
BR
M3
M2
M4
M5
M7
M6
M8
R1
RD
WH
3
RD
BL
R2
BR
4
5
BK
6
BK
6
RD
WH
6
7
7
BK
8
BK RD
4
M2
RD
BK
RD
BL
BL
RD
BL
M1
BK
BK
7
BK
RD
M3
R1
6
PU
BL
3
R
2
PU
BK
BL
1
2
YL
RD
RD
BL
7
YL
8
RD
YL
BK
8
RD
9
BL
BK
9
8
RD
9
9
L1
L2
L1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS
L2
L1
TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS
L2
L1
L2
THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS
L1
L2
L1
L2
FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER
KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE
PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOW N
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
BL RD GR WH
L2
L1
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
BR
208/240 VOLTS
GRD
BK
RD
PLM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PLF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
BK
RD
PU
BL
BR
WH
L1
SR
L2
PLM 2
1 PLM
1 PLF
3
2
EM
RC
SEE
NOTE 4
SEE
NOTE
2
PLF
LO
M1
EBTDR
M2
BR
HI
WH
1
2
3
4
24V
5
NO
NC
COM
SEE NOTE 1
TR
C
EBTDR R
GR
SEE NOTE 5
RD
G
BL
NO
K1
COM
K1
C
BL
SPEEDUP
RD
C
6
SEE NOTE 1
1
2
3
BK
RD
240
TR
PU
5
24V
4
BK
RD
YL
BL
BL
BL
M2
5
GR GREEN
BLACK
RED
PU PURPLE
YELLOW BR BROWN
BLUE
WH WHITE
COMPONENT CODE
RD
SEE
NOTE
3
PU
BK
THREE SPEED MOTOR WIRING
(SELECT MODELS ONLY)
SEE NOTE 3
(M1) RD
(M2) BL
MEDIUM
HIGH
PU
BR
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NECESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
RD
LOW
(COM) BK
(TR 1)
PU
RC
RC
BR
EM
3 SPEED
EM
BR
EM
RC
SR
R
EBTDR
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
RUN CAPACITOR
STRAIN RELIEF
RELAY
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
DELAY RELAY
GR
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE NOTE 2
TR
PLF
PLM
FL
TL
HTR
TRANSFORMER
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
FUSE LINK
THERMAL LIMIT
HEAT ELEMENTS
Notes:
1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needs
to be changed, connect appropriate motor wire (Red for low, Blue for medium,
and Black for high speed) on "COM" connection of the EBTDR.
Inactive motor wires should be connected to "M1 or M2" on EBTDR.
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
5) EBTDR has a 7 second on delay when "G" is energized and a 65 second off
delay when "G" is de-energized.
Typical Wiring Schematic ADPF, ARPF, ARUF with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
114
BL
WH BR
RD
COPPER OR ALUMINUM
POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
G
4 PLF
COLOR CODE
NC
M1
EBTDR
RD
PU
EBTDR
R
XFMR-R
XFMR-C
RD
BK
0140M00037
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
R
TR
R
R
1
4
208/240
HTR2
BK
24V
2
3
FL
5
BL
Y
HTR3
BL
TL
PU
BK
FL
HTR4
PC
BL
TL
BK
1
BL
EBTDR
2
R
R
G
3
BL
PU
BL
R
Y
M5
M7
M6
RS2
M8
BL
4
BL
5
BR
R
R
K1
XFMR-R
XFMR-C
K1
NO
COM
C
BR
NC
SPEEDUP
W
6
M1
W
7
Y
BL
8
BK
R
9
W BR G PK BL
L1
L2
L1
L2
SR
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
Typical Wiring Schematic MBR Blower with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
115
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
FL
FL
FL
FL
HTR2 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
HTR1 TL
FL
R
BK
BK
HTR2 TL
FL
HTR3 TL
FL
BK
R
R
1
BK
BK
HTR2 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
BK
HTR1 TL
FL
Y
HTR3 TL
1
BK
2
HTR4 TL
1
BL
BK
R
2
PU
BK
3
R
BL
Y
PU
4
M1
R
BK
M1
M2
3
R
W
BK
R
M3
M2
5
M4
W
R2
R
5
BR
M3
M2
M4
M5
M7
M6
M8
R1
R
W
3
R2
BK
R
6
BK
BL
4
BR
5
W
6
7
7
7
Y
BK
8
M1
Y
6
BK
R
BK R
R
4
R
BK
BL
BL
BL
M2
BK
BK
7
3
R
M1
M4
R1
M2
6
PU
BL
M1
4
M3
2
PU
BK
BL
R
5
1
2
Y
R
8
R
Y
BK
8
R
9
8
BL
BK
9
R
9
9
L1
L2
L1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS
L2
L1 L2
TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS
L1
L2
THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS
L1
L2
L1
L2
FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE
PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED
NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED
TO
C ONDEN SER
* SEE NOTE 7
L OW VOLTAGE
FIEL D CON NEC TION
BOX
TO
TH ERM O STAT
208/240 VOLTS
W 1 C Y1 Y/Y2
YCO N O
R
C W2 W2 R
O
G
R
PL1
2
PL2
2
SEE N OTE 8
BK
Y
R
O
BL
W
BR
BL PU Y
O PL 1
BR R G
1
2
3
4
5
67
PL2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
8
9
2
1
7
1
PL 1
1
PL 2
TO L OW VO LTAGE
TER MINAL BOARD
EM
3
TR
BL
BK
Y
TR
BL
R
20 8
2
24V
3
COM
5
5 PL 2
6
W2
C
R
W1
HUM
OT
2
OT
1
YCO N
IN4005
DIODE
PJ4
OT
C
O
W W2
Y1
E W1
N O TE DIO D E
ON VSTB
Y
Y2
G
C
*SEE N OTE 7
W
SEE N O TE 3
BK
SEE NOT E 2
SEE N O TE 1
PU
Y1
R
24 VAC
THERMOSTATS
OT1 OT2
C
R
R
BL
BR
BL
PL 2
SEE
N OTE 4
PJ2
PJ6
R
4
PL 2
SEE N O TE 5
W2
BR
O
BR
O OTC
W1
HEATER
G
G
HUM
HUMIDISTAT
Y/Y2
Y1
DS1
J2 J3
W
E\W1
ED
PJ4
PJ2
R
OU TD O OR
W2
W2
BL
W/W2
W1
PJ6
BR
CONDENSERHEATPUMP
R YCON COM O
OT1
OT2
W
BL
5
4 2 4 VOLT
4
J1
HUM
PN. B1368270 REV. A
24 0
1
R
Y
C OLOR C ODE
R
BL
BR
W
R
W
BK
R
Y
BL
G
W HITE
BL AC K
R ED
YEL LOW
BL UE
G
PU
BR
0
PK
W IRIN G COD E
GR EEN
PUR PL E
BRO W N
ORANGE
PIN K
FAC TORY W IRIN G
HIGH VOLTAG E
LOW VO LTAGE
FIEL D W IRIN G
HIGH VOLTAG E
LOW VO LTAGE
C OMPON ENT C ODE
EM
PL
PJ2,PJ 4,PJ6
VSTB
FL
EVAPO RATOR M OTOR
PL UG
PRO GRAM JU MPER
VAR IABLE SPEED
TER MINAL BOARD
FU SE LI NK
TL
H TR
R
TR
TH ERM AL LIMIT
H EAT EL EMEN T
R EL AY
TR ANSF ORMER
EM
C OPPER
POW ER SUPPLY
(SEE RATIN G PL ATE)
EQ UIPM EN T GRO UN D
U SE COPPER W IR E
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FOR HEAT PUMP APPLICATIONS REMOVE ORANGE JUMPER WIRE BETWEEN O & Y1.
FOR TWO STAGE ELECTRIC HEAT APPLICATIONS CUT PJ4. (USE ONLY ON 15 & 20 KW MODELS).
FOR OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT OPERATION OF SECOND STAGE HEAT, CUT PJ2 & ADD OT18-60 TO OTC & OT2.
FOR SINGLE STAGE COOLING APPLICATIONS CONNECT THERMOSTAT TO Y/Y2 ONLY,
TAPE OR REMOVE Y1 CONNECTION. CONNECT CONDENSING UNIT TO YCON & C.
WHEN HUMIDSTAT IS PROVIDED CUT PJ6. THERMOSTAT OPENS ON HUMIDITY RISE.
RED WIRES TO BE ON TRANSFORMER TERMINAL 3 FOR 240 VOLTS AND ON TERMINAL 2 FOR 208 VOLTS.
SEE COMPOSITE WIRING DIAGRAMS IN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER LOW VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS AND DETAILS ON COMPATIBLE THERMOSTATS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS.
DISCARD ORIGINAL "PL1" PLUG CONNECTOR WHEN INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT.
C ONTR OLS SHOW N W ITH U TILIT IES IN "ON" POSITION AND TH ERM OSTAT IN "O FF" PO SIT ION .
IF REPLAC EM ENT O F THE ORIGINAL W IR ES SU PPLIED W ITH THIS ASSEM BLY IS N EC ESSAR Y, U SE 1 0 5°C . W IRE. SIZE TO CONFO RM T O T HE NATIONA L EL ECT RI C C O DE.
Typical Wiring Schematic AEPF with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
116
0 140A0 00 00 P
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
BL
5
208
2
3
COM
TR
8
240
1
9
9
8
R
G
24V
BL
L2
4
L1
R
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
R
BL
7
7
BK
BK
W
4
1
3
PU
3
BL
BK
BR
BK
R
EM
R
BR
4
R
R
2
6
5
4
8
BK
6
W
5
0
6
R
1
PL2
O
PK
G
R
BL
BR
W
Y
R
BL
BR
W
BR
THERMOSTATS
OT1 OT2
C
ED
PK
G
Y
O
24 VAC
HEATER
W1
C
W2
R
Y1
W2
OT1
PJ4
OT2
PJ2
HUM
PJ6
DS1
J2 J3
W1
W2
HUM
BL
R YCON COM O
G
Y1
Y/Y2
OUTDOOR
CONDENSER HEATPUMP
HUMIDISTAT
R
R
W/W2
OTC
BR
O
W
E\W1
R
BL
O
BR
W
BL
Y
BR
O
BL
TO
CONDENSER
HKR Heat Kit
Y
TL
R
HTR1
C
Y1 Y/Y2
W1
YCON O
R
G
O
R
C W2
W2
TL
TO
THERMOSTAT
R
HTR2
PL 1
BK
BK
1
2
2
R
J1
VSTB
PN. B1368270 REV. A
Blower Section
Typical Wiring Schematic MBE Blower with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only.
Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
117
ACCESSORIES WIRING DIAGRAMS
HIGH VOLTAGE!
DISCONNECT ALL POWER BEFORE SERVICING OR INSTALLING THIS
UNIT. MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES MAY BE PRESENT. FAILURE TO
DO SO MAY CAUSE PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
FL
FL
FL
FL
HTR2 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
RD
BK
BK
HTR2 TL
FL
RD
YL
HTR3 TL
BK
BK
2
RD
HTR3 TL
FL
1
BK
HTR2 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
BK
HTR1 TL
FL
HTR1 TL
FL
1
BK
HTR4 TL
1
BL
BK
RD
2
PU
BK
3
BL
YL
PU
4
M1
R
BK
M1
M1
M3
4
M2
M4
5
6
BK
3
BK RD
4
M1
YL
M2
R2
RD
5
BR
M2
M3
M4
M5
M7
M6
M8
R1
RD
WH
6
3
RD
BL
R2
BR
4
5
BK
BK
6
RD
WH
6
7
7
7
YL
BK
8
BL
BL
RD
BL
M1
M4
RD
BK
RD
M3
M2
PU
BK
BK
WH
7
BK
RD
R1
R
WH
BL
BL
RD
5
M2
2
PU
BK
3
1
2
YL
RD
RD
8
RD
8
9
YL
BK
RD
BL
BK
9
8
RD
9
9
L1
L2
L1
ONE (1) ELEMENT ROWS
L2
L1
TWO (2) ELEMENT ROWS
L2
L1
L2
THREE (3) ELEMENT ROWS
L1
L2
L1
L2
FOUR (4) ELEMENT ROWS
NOTE: WHEN INSTALLING HEATER KIT, ENSURE SPEED TAP DOES NOT EXCEED MINIMUM BLOWER SPEED (MBS) SPECIFIED FOR THE AIRHANDLER/HEAT ER
KIT COMBINATION ON THIS UNIT'S S&R PLATE. AFTER INSTALLING OPTIONAL HEAT KIT, MARK AN "X" IN THE
PROVIDED ABOVE.
MARK ACCORDING TO NUMBER OF HEATER ELEMENT ROWS INSTALLED. NO MARK INDICATES NO HEAT KIT INSTALLED.
TERMINAL BLOCK SHOWN
FOR 50HZ MODELS ONLY
SEE NOTE 2
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
L1
BK
L2
EQUIPMENT GROUND
USE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WIRE
208/240 VOLTS
GRD
RD
L1
PLM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PLF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
89
BK
RD
BL
BR
WH
9
XFMR-R
R
L2
PLM 2
1 PLM
COM
EBTDR
XFMR-C
EM
RD
RD
1 PLF
C L GN
PLF
C
2
G
NO NC
SEE
NOTE 4
BR
1
WH
BL
2
3
SEE NOTE 1
CR
TR
B
4
24V
7
A
4
5
BL
GR
6
RD
5
4 PLF
1
2
3
4
5
RD
CR
XFMR-R
R
COM
4
RD
XFMR-C
C
GR
BK
G
NO NC
BK
RD
EBTDR
7
1
A
B
BL
GR
RD
SEE
NOTE 3
BL
BL
BL
RD
RD
C
SEE NOTE 1
1
2
3
5
24V
4
COLOR CODE
GR GREEN
BK BLACK
PU PURPLE
RD RED
YL YELLOW BR BROWN
BL BLUE
WH WHITE
BL
RD
COMPONENT CODE
RD
COPPER OR ALUMINUM
POWER SUPPLY
(SEE RATING PLATE)
USE MIN. 75°C FIELD WIRE
1234 5
EM
C L GN
BL
RD BK
EM
TB
R
CR
EBTDR
EVAPORATOR MOTOR
TERMINAL BOARD
RELAY
CONTROL RELAY
ELECTRONIC BLOWER TIME
DELAY RELAY
WIRING CODE
FACTORY WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
FIELD WIRING
HIGH VOLTAGE
LOW VOLTAGE
TR
PLF
PLM
FL
TRANSFORMER
FEMALE PLUG CONNECTOR
MALE PLUG CONNECTOR
FU SE LIN K
TL
THERMAL LIMIT
HTR
HEAT ELEMENTS
Notes:
1) Red wires to be on transformer terminal "3" for 240 volts and on terminal "2" for 208 volts.
2) See composite wiring diagrams in installation instructions
for proper low voltage wiring connections.
3) Confirm speed tap selected is appropriate for application. If speed tap needs
to be changed, connect red wire from terminal 4 of CR relay to appropriate tap
at TB
4) Brown and white wires are used with Heat Kits only.
IF REPLACEMENT OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES
SUPPLIED WITH THIS ASSEMBLY IS NEC ESSARY,
USE WIRE THAT CONFORMS TO THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
0140A00034
Typical Wiring Schematic ASPF with Electric Heat.
This wiring diagram is for reference only. Not all wiring is as shown above.
Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram for the unit being serviced.
118
C
R C G W1 W2 Y1 Y2 O DH 1 2 3 4 5
240
TR
BL
EM